You are on page 1of 529

2006 Volkswagen Touareg

ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

ELECTRICAL

Electrical Equipment

27 - BATTERY, STARTER, GENERATOR, CRUISE CONTROL


BATTERY

Battery systems in the Touareg

Different battery systems are installed on the Touareg:

The one-battery concept:

With a battery (with "magic eye" but with no cell plugs) under front left seat.

The one-battery system with auxiliary battery:

With a battery (with "magic eye" but with no cell plugs) under left front seat and also a second battery (a valve-
regulated lead acid battery) in spare wheel recess in luggage compartment. On vehicles with a collapsible spare
tire, there may also be a wet battery with visual indicator ("magic eye").

NOTE:  The auxiliary battery is installed on vehicles with additional equipment,


e.g. auxiliary heater.

The two-battery concept:

NOTE:  The two-battery system with a logical "function separation" in the vehicle
electrical system battery and starter battery is only available for the
Touareg V10 TDI.

With a battery (with "magic eye" but with no cell plugs) under left front seat and also a second battery (a valve-
regulated lead acid battery) in spare wheel recess in luggage compartment. On vehicles with a collapsible spare
tire, there may also be a wet battery with visual indicator ("magic eye").

NOTE:  Observe --> Self Study Program.

Battery types

All instructions and information on this article can be found in the ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT -
GENERAL INFORMATION .

Warnings and Safety Measures

All instructions and information on this article can be found in the ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT -
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:06:01
9:05:20 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

GENERAL INFORMATION .

Battery post/terminal, handling instructions

All instructions and information on this article can be found in the ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT -
GENERAL INFORMATION .

BATTERY, CHECKING

Battery, checking

All instructions and information on this article can be found in the ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT -
GENERAL INFORMATION .

BATTERY, CHARGING

Battery, charging

All instructions and information on this article can be found in the ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT -
GENERAL INFORMATION .

BATTERY, DISCONNECTING AND RECONNECTING

Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting

CAUTION: Danger of injury! Observe warning notes and safety precautions -->
Warnings and Safety Measures !

Battery (vehicles with one-battery concept), disconnecting and connecting

Battery - dual battery system, disconnecting and reconnecting --> Battery, (vehicles with one-battery concept
with auxiliary battery and two-battery concept), removing and installing.

A maintenance-free battery with "magic eye" is factory-installed beneath left front seat.

Battery, disconnecting:

NOTE:  To disconnect battery, anti-theft warning system must be deactivated -->


Anti-theft Alarm System, activating and deactivating.
 Always ensure the vehicle electrical system is protected by disconnecting
the battery negative (-) terminal (interrupted current flow to ground) prior
to servicing key areas of the electrical system as specified in this article.
Disconnecting the battery positive (B+) terminal must only be performed
as required to remove battery from vehicle, and must only be carried out
after the negative (-) terminal is disconnected. However, observe notes for
connecting battery in any case.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove left front seat rail cover --> 72 - SEAT - FRAMES .
 Remove left front seat trim --> 72 - SEAT - FRAMES .

Fig. 1: Identifying Seat Slide Rail Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screws - arrows -.

Fig. 2: Tilting Seat Frame And Seat To Rear


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Tilt seat frame and seat to rear - arrow -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 3: Identifying Bolt & Air Duct


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screw - 1 - and remove air guide - 2 -.

Fig. 4: Identifying Box Clips


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Open battery box clips - arrows - and remove cover.

Fig. 5: Identifying Battery Ground Terminal & Battery Positive Terminal


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Disconnect negative (-) terminal - 1 - from battery.


 Disconnect positive (B+) terminal - 2 - from battery.

Battery, reconnecting:

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 6: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

CAUTION: In order to prevent damage to battery housing, battery terminals must be


placed on battery posts without using force (by hand only).

Battery terminals must not be greased.

Fig. 7: Identifying Battery Ground Line & Battery Positive Terminal


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Refit battery positive (B+) terminal - 2 - on battery positive post.


 Torque positive (B+) terminal fastener to value in table --> Tightening Torques: Battery.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Only after the positive (B+) terminal has been secured should negative (-) terminal clamp - 1 - be
installed.
 Torque negative (-) terminal fastener to value in table --> Tightening Torques: Battery.

Fig. 8: Identifying Seat Slide Rail Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Replace seat frame bolts - arrows - and torque to value in table --> Tightening Torques: Battery.
 Install left front seat rail cover --> 72 - SEAT - FRAMES .
 Install left front seat trim --> 72 - SEAT - FRAMES .
 Perform work steps according to table:

Battery, (vehicles with one-battery concept with auxiliary battery and two-battery concept), removing and installing

A maintenance-free battery with charge indicator ("magic eye") is installed under the drivers seat. In addition,
an Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) sealed battery is located in the luggage compartment spare wheel well.

Battery disconnecting and reconnecting sequence

CAUTION: Disconnecting and reconnecting batteries on a dual battery system MUST


be performed using the following step-by-step procedure, in the sequence
given. Failure to adhere to the following procedure will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery under drivers seat.


 Disconnect battery in luggage compartment.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Battery (under front left seat), disconnecting

NOTE:  To disconnect battery, anti-theft warning system must be deactivated -->


Anti-theft Alarm System, activating and deactivating.
 Always ensure the vehicle electrical system is protected by disconnecting
the battery negative (-) terminal (interrupted current flow to ground) prior
to servicing key areas of the electrical system as specified in this article.
Disconnecting the battery positive (B+) terminal must only be performed
as required to remove battery from vehicle, and must only be carried out
after the negative (-) terminal is disconnected. Observe notes for
connecting battery in any case.

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove left front seat rail cover --> 72 - SEAT - FRAMES .
 Remove left front seat trim --> 72 - SEAT - FRAMES .

Fig. 9: Identifying Seat Slide Rail Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screws - arrows -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 10: Tilting Seat Frame And Seat To Rear


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Tilt seat frame and seat to rear - arrow -.

Fig. 11: Identifying Bolt & Air Duct


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screw - 1 - and remove air guide - 2 -.

Fig. 12: Identifying Box Clips


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Open battery box clips - arrows - and remove cover.

Fig. 13: Identifying Battery Ground Terminal & Battery Positive Terminal
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect negative (-) terminal - 1 - from battery.


 Disconnect positive (B+) terminal - 2 - from battery.

Second battery or auxiliary battery, in luggage compartment, disconnecting

Fig. 14: Identifying Auxiliary Battery In Luggage Compartment


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Lift and remove luggage compartment floor cover -arrow-.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 15: Identifying Retaining Clips & Nuts (Right Side)


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Open retaining clips - 1 - and remove nuts - 2 - on right side of battery cover.

Fig. 16: Identifying Retaining Clips & Nuts (Left Side)


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Open retaining clips - 1 - and remove nuts - 2 - on left side of battery cover.

Fig. 17: Identifying Retaining Strap Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove retaining strap nuts - arrows -.


 Remove retaining straps.

Fig. 18: Identifying Battery Connection On Positive Terminal


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 First, disconnect negative (-) terminal - arrow - from battery.

Fig. 19: Identifying Positive Battery Line


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Then disconnect positive (B+) terminal - arrow - from battery.

Batteries, reconnecting sequence

CAUTION:  Disconnecting and reconnecting batteries on a dual battery system


MUST be performed using the following step-by-step procedure, in
the sequence given. Failure to adhere to the following procedure will
result in the deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and
subsequent damage to electrical system components.
 Battery terminals must not be greased.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Reconnect battery in luggage compartment.


 Reconnect battery under drivers seat.

Second battery or auxiliary battery, in luggage compartment, connecting

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 20: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Fig. 21: Identifying Positive Battery Terminal


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Refit battery positive (B+) terminal - arrow - on battery positive post.


 Torque positive (B+) terminal fastener to value in table --> Tightening Torques: Battery.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 22: Identifying Battery Connection On Positive Terminal


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Only after the positive (B+) terminal has been secured should the negative (-) terminal clamp - arrow - be
installed.
 Torque negative (-) terminal fastener to value in table --> Tightening Torques: Battery.

Battery under drivers seat, reconnecting

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 23: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 24: Identifying Battery Ground Line & Battery Positive Line
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Refit battery positive (B+) terminal - 2 - on battery positive post.


 Torque positive (B+) terminal fastener to value in table --> Tightening Torques: Battery.
 Only after the positive (B+) terminal has been secured should the negative (-) terminal clamp - 1 - be
installed.
 Torque negative (-) terminal fastener to value in table --> Tightening Torques: Battery.

Fig. 25: Identifying Seat Slide Rail Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Replace seat frame bolts - arrows - and torque to value in table --> Tightening Torques: Battery.
 Install left front seat rail cover --> 72 - SEAT - FRAMES .
 Install left front seat trim --> 72 - SEAT - FRAMES .
 Perform work steps according to table:
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Work steps required after reconnecting battery

Work steps Completed?


Switch ignition on, and then off.
Check DTC memory: --> Guided Fault Finding using VAS 5051A
Steering Angle Sensor -G85-: Perform Basic Setting --> Guided Fault
Finding using VAS 5051A
Clock: Check and reset to local time.
Power windows: Completely open and close all power windows.
Perform function test of all electrical components.

BATTERY, REMOVING AND INSTALLING

Battery, removing and installing

CAUTION: When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always perform the work
procedure as described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.
Not adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system components.

Battery under drivers seat, removing and installing

CAUTION: Danger of injury! Observe warning notes and safety precautions -->
Warnings and Safety Measures

Battery, removing

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 26: Identifying Central Gas Vent Hose


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect central gas vent hose - arrow - from top cover.

Fig. 27: Identifying Bolt & Battery Hold-Down Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolt - 1 - and battery hold-down bracket - 2 -.

Fig. 28: Identifying Bolt & Retainer Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove bolt - 1 - and retainer bracket - 2 -.

Fig. 29: Identifying Battery Handles


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Fold battery handles - arrows - upward.


 Grasp battery by handles and lift from battery box.

Battery, installing

CAUTION: If battery is not secured properly, the following will result:

 Shortened battery service life due to vibration damage (explosion


hazard).
 If battery is not secured properly, the plates within the battery can be
damaged.
 Damage to battery casing caused by bracket (possible electrolyte
leakage, high subsequent costs).
 Reduced collision safety.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 30: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

Fig. 31: Identifying Bolt & Battery Hold-Down Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Install battery hold-down bracket - 2 - and torque bolt - 1 - to value in table --> Tightening Torques:
Battery.

Fig. 32: Identifying Bolt & Retainer Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Install retainer bracket - 2 - and torque bolt - 1 - to value in table --> Tightening Torques: Battery.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 33: Identifying Central Breather Hose


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Ensure central breather hose is attached to battery - arrow - , and hose is not pinched during installation. Only
then can battery be properly vented.

 After installing, verify battery is properly seated.

CAUTION:  When connecting battery, always perform work procedure as


described in article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.
 Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals -->
Battery post/terminal, handling instructions.

 Reconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Second battery or auxiliary battery in luggage compartment, removing and installing

CAUTION: Danger of injury! Observe warning notes and safety precautions -->
Warnings and Safety Measures

NOTE:  On vehicles without collapsible spare tire, an absorbent glass mat (AGM)
battery must also be installed. On vehicles with a collapsible spare tire,
there may also be a wet battery with visual indicator ("magic eye").

Battery, removing

 Disconnect batteries.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 34: Identifying Central Gas Vent Hose


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect central gas vent hose - arrow - from top cover.

Fig. 35: Identifying Nut & Battery Hold-DownBracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove nut - 1 - and remove battery hold-down bracket - 2 -.

Fig. 36: Identifying Battery Handles


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Fold battery handles - arrows - upward.


 Grasp battery by handles and lift from battery box.

Battery, installing

CAUTION: If battery is not secured properly, the following will result:

 Shortened battery service life due to vibration damage (explosion


hazard).
 If battery is not secured properly, the plates within the battery can be
damaged.
 Damage to battery casing caused by bracket (possible electrolyte
leakage, high subsequent costs).
 Reduced collision safety.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 37: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Torque battery hold-down bracket nut to value in table --> Tightening Torques: Battery.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 38: Identifying Central Gas Vent Hose


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Ensure central venting system hose is attached to battery - arrow - and has not be clamped off during
installation. Only then can battery be properly vented.

 After installing, verify battery is properly seated.

CAUTION:  When connecting battery, always perform work procedure as


described in article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.
 Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals -->
Battery post/terminal, handling instructions.

 Reconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

BATTERY ISOLATOR

Battery isolator, removing and installing

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 39: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Removing:

 Disconnect batteries --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.


 Remove second battery in luggage compartment --> Second battery or auxiliary battery in luggage
compartment, removing and installing.

Fig. 40: Identifying Battery Isolator


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect battery isolator connection - arrow -.

Fig. 41: Identifying Battery Isolator Nuts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove nuts - arrows - and remove battery isolator upward from retainer.
 Remove nuts - arrows -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 42: Identifying Nuts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect wires from battery isolator.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Tighten nuts and terminals to values in table --> Tightening Torques: Battery.
 Install battery in luggage compartment.

CAUTION:  When connecting battery, always perform work procedure as


described in article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.
 Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals -->
Battery post/terminal, handling instructions.

 Reconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

MAIN BATTERY SWITCH E74

General information

The main battery switch is used on both single and dual battery systems. The main battery switch is always
found on the battery located under the drivers seat.

NOTE:  A main battery switch that has been deactivated (battery/starter circuit
isolated) can be reset using the reset button on the switch.

CAUTION: In the event a main battery switch has been deactivated, the starter circuit
must be tested for a short circuit prior to resetting.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Main Battery Switch E74 - assembly overview

Fig. 43: Identifying Main Battery Switch E74 Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Starter wire

2 - Threaded connection for battery cut-off switch, 20 Nm

3 - Reset button

4 - Sight glass

5 - To battery positive terminal

6 - Main battery switch

7 - Multi-pin connector

Deployment, recognizing

NOTE:  A main battery switch that has been deactivated (battery/starter circuit
isolated) can be reset using the reset button on the switch.

CAUTION: In the event a main battery switch has been deactivated, the starter circuit
must be tested for a short circuit prior to resetting.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 44: Identifying Main Battery Switch E74 Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

When activated, sight glass appears copper - 4 -. When deactivated, sight glass appears white.

Deployment, resetting

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove left front seat rail cover --> 72 - SEAT - FRAMES .
 Remove left front seat trim --> 72 - SEAT - FRAMES .

Fig. 45: Identifying Seat Slide Rail Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screws - arrows -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 46: Identifying Seat Frame


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Tilt seat frame and seat to rear - arrow -.

Fig. 47: Identifying Bolt & Air Duct


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screw - 1 - and remove air guide - 2 -.

Fig. 48: Identifying Retaining Tab


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Release retaining tab - arrow - and remove cover.


 Check starter wire for short circuit according to wiring diagram. If necessary, repair short circuit.

Fig. 49: Identifying Main Battery Switch E74 Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press reset button - 3 - to reset main battery switch. A copper coil must be visible in viewing window - 4 -
, indicating the battery cut-off switch is reset.
 Close E-box with cover and reinstall air duct.

Fig. 50: Identifying Seat Slide Rail Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Replace seat frame bolts - arrows - and torque to value in table --> Tightening Torques: Battery.
 Remove left front seat rail cover --> 72 - SEAT - FRAMES .
 Remove left front seat trim --> 72 - SEAT - FRAMES .
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Perform work steps according to table:

Main Battery Switch E74 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always perform the work
procedure as described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.
Not adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system components.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 51: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Removing:

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 52: Identifying Retaining Tab


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release retaining tab - arrow - and remove cover.


 If necessary, remove the lead coating on the multi-pin connector.

Fig. 53: Identifying Protective Cap Of Multi-Pin Connector And Retaining Tab
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Open protective cap - 1 - of multi-pin harness connector, disengage retaining tab - 2 - and disconnect
harness connector.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 54: Identifying M8 Nuts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the M8 nuts - arrows - and remove battery isolation system.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Install and tighten starter bolts and terminal nuts to torque values in table --> Tightening Torques:
Battery.
 If necessary, replace seal on multi-pin harness connector.

CAUTION:  When connecting battery, always perform work procedure as


described in article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.
 Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals -->
Battery post/terminal, handling instructions.

 Reconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

TIGHTENING TORQUES: BATTERY

Tightening Torques: Battery

Threaded connection Tightening torques


Battery terminal clamp on battery M6 9 Nm
post
Additional terminal on battery M6 9 Nm
terminal clamp
Seat frame to body 45 Nm
Battery hold-down bracket to M8 23 Nm
body
Battery retainer bracket to body M6 9 Nm
Battery in luggage compartment, M6 14 Nm
battery hold-down bracket to body
Battery isolator to body M6 6 Nm
Wiring terminals to battery M8 20 Nm
isolator
Main Battery Switch to body M8 20 Nm

EXTERNAL STARTING POINT, VEHICLES THROUGH 04/05

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

External starting point, vehicles through 04/05

The external starting point is in the left of the engine compartment near the left bulkhead.

External starting point, vehicles from 05/05 --> External starting point, vehicles from 05/05.

External starting point, vehicles through 04/05, assembly overview

Fig. 55: External Starting Point, Vehicles Through 04/05, Assembly Overview
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Collar nut

 M8
 20 Nm

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

2 - External starting point housing

3 - Collar bolt

 M6
 8 Nm

4 - Hydraulic oil reservoir and external starting point bracket

5 - Socket head bolt

 M6 x 15
 8 Nm

6 - Collar nut

 M6
 10 Nm

External starting point, vehicles through 04/05, removing and installing

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 56: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Removing:

CAUTION: When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always perform the work
procedure as described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.
Not adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system components.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Fig. 57: Identifying Fold Up Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Fold up cover - 1 -.

NOTE:  The illustrations show the external starting point on the V6 Touareg.
Vehicles with other engines have only two lines connected.

Fig. 58: Identifying Mounting Nuts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting nuts - arrows - and remove connected lines from connector threads.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 59: Identifying Fold Cover Up , Mounting Nut & Connector Threads
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Fold cover up - 3 - , remove mounting nut - 2 - and remove line - 1 - from connector threads.

Fig. 60: Identifying Mounting Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove both mounting bolts - arrows - and remove external starting point housing upward out of
vehicle.

Fig. 61: Identifying Mounting Bolt & Hydraulic Oil Reservoir


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove hydraulic oil reservoir - 1 - mounting bolt - 2 - , remove hydraulic oil reservoir - 1 - from bracket
and lays it aside with hoses connected.

Fig. 62: Identifying Bracket & Refrigerant Lines


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Unclip both refrigerant lines - 2 - from bracket - 1 -.

Fig. 63: Identifying Mounting Bolts & Starting Point Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove three mounting bolts - arrows - and remove hydraulic oil reservoir and external starting point
bracket - 1 - from vehicle.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 When installing hydraulic oil reservoir, ensure it is engage correctly in reservoir and external starting
point bracket.
 Tighten all fasteners according to value specified in table --> External starting point, vehicles through
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

04/05, assembly overview.

CAUTION:  When connecting battery, always perform work procedure as


described in article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.
 Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals -->
Battery post/terminal, handling instructions.

 Reconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

EXTERNAL STARTING POINT, VEHICLES FROM 05/05

External starting point, vehicles from 05/05

The external starting point is in the left of the engine compartment near the left bulkhead. Depending on
equipment, the form of the hydraulic oil reservoir and external starting point bracket may differ slightly from
the illustrations.

External starting point, vehicles through 04/05 --> External starting point, vehicles through 04/05.

External starting point, vehicles from 05/05, assembly overview

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 64: External Starting Point, Vehicles From 05/05, Assembly Overview
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Collar nut

 M8
 20 Nm

2 - Positive terminal

 SW 17
 20 Nm

3 - Multi-point socket head bolt

 M6
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 9 Nm

4 - External starting point housing

5 - Hex head collar nut

 M6
 8 Nm

6 - Hydraulic oil reservoir and external starting point bracket

7 - Torx bolt

 M6
 9 Nm

External starting point, vehicles from 05/05, removing and installing

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 65: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Removing:

CAUTION: When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always perform the work
procedure as described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.
Not adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 66: Identifying Positive Pole Cap & Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Fold up positive pole cap - 1 - and cover - 2 -.

Fig. 67: Removing/Installing Mounting Nut, Screw & Positive Pole


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting nut - 1 - (SW 13) and remove lines - 2 - and - 5 - from connector threads.
 Remove positive pole - 2 - (SW 17).
 Remove screw - 4 -.
 Remove external starting point housing upward from bracket while being careful of connected lines.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 68: Identifying Retaining Tabs


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release both retaining tabs - arrows - and remove B+ wire connecting piece - 1 - downward from
external starting point housing.

Fig. 69: Identifying Mounting Bolt & Hydraulic Oil Reservoir


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolt - 1 - for hydraulic oil reservoir - 2 - , remove reservoir - 2 - from reservoir and
external starting point bracket and lay it aside with hoses connected.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 70: Identifying Mounting Bolt, Mounting Nut, Hydraulic Oil Reservoir & External Starting Point
Bracket
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolt - 1 - and mounting nut - 3 - and remove hydraulic oil reservoir and external
starting point bracket - 2 - from vehicle.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 When installing hydraulic oil reservoir, ensure it is engage correctly in reservoir and external starting
point bracket.
 Tighten all fasteners according to value specified in table --> External starting point, vehicles from
05/05, assembly overview.

CAUTION:  When connecting battery, always perform work procedure as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.
 Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals -->
Battery post/terminal, handling instructions.

 Reconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

STARTER

Starter

CAUTION: When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always perform the work
procedure as described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.
Not adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system components.

Starter B , checking

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 71: Diagnostic Operation System VAS5051A


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A


 Diagnostic cable VAS 5051/6A

 Connect Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.

Select operating mode "Guided Fault Finding" on Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS
5051A.

After Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory of all control modules has been checked:

 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 27 - Starter, power supply
 Electrical components

 Starter -B-

 Or, in Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Functions".

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 27 - Starter, power supply
 Electrical components

 Starter -B-
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Starter (automatic transmission), removing and installing

Starter - 6-cyl. engine, removing and installing 3.2L fuel injection engine and 3.6L FSI engine, automatic transmission

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 72: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Fig. 73: Torque Wrench V.A.G. 1332


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1332/

Removing:

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove noise insulation --> 50 - BODY - FRONT

Fig. 74: Identifying Open Snaps


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Open snaps - arrows - and remove starter solenoid heat shield mat.

Fig. 75: Identifying Protective Caps


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pry off protective caps for mounting nuts - arrows -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 76: Identifying Positive Solenoid Terminal Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove nut at solenoid positive (B+) terminal - arrow -.

Fig. 77: Identifying Solenoid Terminal Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove nut at solenoid Terminal 50 - arrow -.

CAUTION: Screw connections on magnetic switch can twist.

The solenoid switch can be damaged.

When removing and installing nuts at positive terminal and terminal 50,
counterhold the threaded connection at the solenoid switch using an
open-end wrench.

Fig. 78: Identifying Lower Starter Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove lower starter bolt M12x60 - arrow - on engine side.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 79: Identifying Nuts and Cable Retainer


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolt - 2 - for cable retainer and set aside.


 Remove nuts - 1 -.

Fig. 80: Identifying Bolt & Exhaust System Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolt - 1 - from exhaust system bracket - 2 - from engine side and remove bracket.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 81: Identifying Coolant Pipe Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolt for coolant pipe - arrow - at engine sump.

Fig. 82: Identifying Start Upper Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the upper bolt for the starter - arrow - on the transmission side.
 Remove starter.

Installing

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Install and tighten starter bolts and terminal nuts to torque values in table --> Tightening Torques:
Starter.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Starter - 8 cyl. 4.2 L fuel injection engine (MPI), automatic transmission, removing and installing

Fig. 83: Identifying Special Tools - Starter - 8 Cyl. 4.2 L Fuel Injection Engine (MPI), Automatic
Transmission, Removing And Installing
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/


 Torque wrench V.A.G 1332/
 Shop crane VAS 6100
 Lifting tackle 3033

Removing:

 Remove engine -->


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION


IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.
 Remove exhaust manifold -->
 26 - EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 26 - EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 26 - EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE
MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 26 - EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE
MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 26 - EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION CONTROLS for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE
MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.

Fig. 84: Identifying Bolt, Cable Harness & Cable Retainer


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolt - 1 -.
 Unclip cable harness - 2 - and remove cable retainer - 3 - from mounting.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 85: Identifying Engine Mount Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove nut - arrow - from engine mount.

Fig. 86: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screws - arrows -.

Fig. 87: View of Hook and Lifting Tackle


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Hook the lifting tackle 3033 on right cylinder head (toothed belt side) and on left cylinder head (flywheel
side).
 Hook the lifting tackle 3033 into the shop crane VAS 6100.
 Lift the engine with the shop crane VAS 6100.
 Remove engine mount.

 Remove three bolts for engine mount bracket at engine block.


 Remove engine bracket.

Fig. 88: Identifying Protective Caps


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove protective caps - arrows -.

Fig. 89: Identifying Positive Terminal & Terminal 50 Nuts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove nut at terminal 50 - 1 - and nut at positive (B+) terminal - 2 - and remove cables from solenoid.

CAUTION: Screw connections on magnetic switch can twist.

The solenoid switch can be damaged.


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

When removing and installing nuts at positive terminal and terminal 50,
counterhold the threaded connection at the solenoid switch using an
open-end wrench.

 Set the wires aside.

Fig. 90: Identifying Lower Starter Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the lower bolt for the starter - arrow - on the engine side.

Fig. 91: Identifying Upper Starter Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the upper bolt for the starter - arrow - on the transmission side.
 Remove starter.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Install and tighten starter bolts and terminal nuts to torque values in table --> Tightening Torques:
Starter.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Starter - 8 cyl. fuel injection engine (FSI), automatic transmission, removing and installing

Fig. 92: Identifying Special Tools - Starter - 8 Cyl. Fuel Injection Engine (FSI), Automatic Transmission,
Removing And Installing
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/


 Torque wrench V.A.G 1332/
 Shop crane VAS 6100
 Lifting tackle 2024 A

Removing:

 Remove the engine -->


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION


IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.

Fig. 93: Identifying Engine Mount Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove nut - arrow - from engine mount.

Fig. 94: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screws - arrows -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 95: Identifying Lifting Tackle & Shop Crane


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Engage Lifting Tackle 2024 A in lifting eyes on cylinder heads.


 Hook the lifting tackle 2024 A into the shop crane VAS 6100.
 Lift the engine with the shop crane VAS 6100.
 Remove engine mount.

 Remove three bolts for engine mount bracket at engine block.


 Move engine bracket slightly to side.

NOTE:  Engine bracket must not be removed completely. Ground lines remain
connected.

 Remove upper starter bolt - arrow - on transmission side.

Fig. 96: Identifying Heat Shield & Upper Starter Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove heat shield - 2 - from wiring retainer.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 97: Identifying Lower Starter Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the lower bolt for the starter - arrow - on the engine side.
 Remove starter from transmission housing, being careful of wires.
 Disconnect electrical connection - 1 -.

Fig. 98: Identifying Protective Cap & Electrical Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove protective cap - 2 - and nut beneath.


 Remove starter.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Install and tighten starter bolts and terminal nuts to torque values in table --> Tightening Torques:
Starter.

Starter - 10 cyl. 5.0L TDI engine, automatic transmission, removing and installing

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 99: Identifying Special Tools - Starter - 10 Cyl. 5.0L TDI Engine, Automatic Transmission,
Removing And Installing
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/


 Torque wrench V.A.G 1332/
 Shop crane VAS 6100
 Lifting tackle 3033

 Transportation plates T10126


 Transportation plates T10126/1

Removing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove the engine -->


 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.
 Remove right turbocharger --> 21 - TURBOCHARGER, G-CHARGER .

Fig. 100: Identifying Open Snaps


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Open snaps - arrows - and remove starter solenoid heat shield mat.

Fig. 101: Identifying Engine Mount Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove nut - arrow - from engine mount.

Fig. 102: Identifying Transport Strap & Bolt (Right Cylinder Head)
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Bolt transport strap T10126 - 1 - with a bolt M8x40 - 2 - to right cylinder head at rear.

CAUTION: When bolting on, transport strap pin must engage into bore of holder
attached on engine side.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 103: Identifying Transport Strap & Bolt (Left Cylinder Head)
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Bolt transport strap T10126/1 - 1 - with a bolt M8x40 - 2 - to left cylinder head at front.

CAUTION: When bolting on, transport strap pin must engage into bore of holder
attached on engine side.

 Hook the lifting tackle 3033 into the shop crane VAS 6100.
 Hook transport straps T10126 and T10126/1 onto lifting tackle 3033.
 Lift the engine with the shop crane VAS 6100.

Fig. 104: Identifying Right Engine Support Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove 4 bolts M10x95 - arrows - from right engine support and remove engine support.

Fig. 105: Identifying Coolant Pipe Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolt for coolant pipe - arrow - at engine block.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 61 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 106: Identifying Transmission Coolant Pipe Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolt for coolant pipes - arrow - at transmission.

Fig. 107: Identifying Positive Terminal Protective Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pry off cap from nut at positive (B+) terminal - arrow -.

Fig. 108: Identifying Positive Terminal Solenoid Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 62 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove nut at solenoid positive (B+) terminal - arrow -.

Fig. 109: Identifying Terminal Solenoid Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove nut at solenoid Terminal 50 - arrow -.

CAUTION: Screw connections on magnetic switch can twist.

The solenoid switch can be damaged.

When removing and installing nuts at positive terminal and terminal 50,
counterhold the threaded connection at the solenoid switch using an
open-end wrench.

Fig. 110: Identifying Cable Retainer Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolt for cable retainer - arrow - and set cables aside.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 63 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 111: Identifying Lower Starter Bold


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove lower starter bolt M12x165 - arrow - on engine side.

Fig. 112: Identifying Upper Starter Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove upper starter bolt M12x165 - arrow - on transmission side.


 Remove starter.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Install and tighten starter bolts and terminal nuts to torque values in table --> Tightening Torques:
Starter.

TIGHTENING TORQUES: STARTER

6-cyl. fuel injection engine, 3.2L and 3.6L FSI engine

Threaded connection Tightening torques


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 64 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Starter bolt M12x60 75 Nm


Wire terminal 50 to starter 8 Nm
solenoid switch
Positive wire to solenoid switch 15 Nm

8-cyl. 4.2L fuel injection (FSI) engine

Threaded connection Tightening torques


Starter bolt M10 x 205 45 Nm
Starter bolt M12 x 80 65 Nm
Wire terminal 50 to starter 8 Nm
solenoid switch
Positive wire to solenoid switch 15 Nm
Engine bracket to cylinder block 60 Nm
Engine bracket to engine mount 75 Nm

8-cyl. 4.2L fuel injection (MPI) engine

Threaded connection Tightening torques


Starter bolt 40 Nm
Wire terminal 50 to starter solenoid switch 8 Nm
Positive wire to solenoid switch 15 Nm
Engine bracket to cylinder block 60 Nm
Engine bracket to engine mount 75 Nm

10-cyl. TDI engine 5.0L

Threaded connection Tightening torques


Starter bolts M12x165 65 Nm
Wire terminal 50 to starter 8 Nm
solenoid switch
Positive wire to solenoid switch 15 Nm
Engine bracket to cylinder block M10x95 60 Nm
Engine bracket to engine mount 75 Nm

GENERATOR

Generator

CAUTION: When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always perform the work
procedure as described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.
Not adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system components.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 65 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  Checking generator: --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and


Component Locations

Generator features

Based on engine variations, different types of generators were installed.

In vehicles with 6-cylinder gasoline generator has the following characteristics:

 The generator is driven by a ribbed belt.


 The voltage regulator cannot be replaced separately. If a repair is necessary, the entire generator must be
replaced.
 The generator is cooled by the engine coolant circuit. As of model year 2005.

For vehicles with 8 cyl. fuel injection engine, the generator has the following characteristics:

 The generator is driven by a ribbed belt.


 The voltage regulator cannot be replaced separately. If a repair is necessary, the entire generator must be
replaced.
 The generator is cooled by the engine coolant circuit.

In vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engines, the generator has the following features:

 Generator shaft is driven by a clutch bolted to one-way clutch on generator side. On the engine side, a
hub grabs in the clutch. This hub is connected by a shaft to a gear in the engine control.
 The generator is cooled by the engine coolant circuit.
 The voltage regulator cannot be replaced separately. If a repair is necessary, the entire generator must be
replaced.

Generator positive (B+) connection, securing

CAUTION: If B+ terminal nut is not torqued as specified, the following may result:

 Battery will not be completely charged.


 The complete electrical/electronics systems may fail (disabled
vehicle).
 Fire hazard due to arcing.
 Damage to electronic components and control modules caused by
excessive voltage.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 66 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 113: Terminal B+ Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 The tightening torque for the B+ wire mounting nut - arrow - can be found in the respective generator
assembly overview.

Ribbed belt, checking

 Turn over engine at vibration damper/belt pulley using a socket wrench.


 Check the ribbed belt for:

 Cracks in the underside (surface cracks, fragmenting, cross-section breaks)


 Layer separation (outer layer, tension cords)
 Wear-through on the underside
 Fraying of tension cords

 Edge wear (material wear, frayed edges, hardened edges -glazed edges-, surface cracks)
 Oil and grease traces

CAUTION: If defects are discovered, the ribbed belt must be replaced immediately.
Thereby, failures and malfunctions can be prevented.

Generator (GEN) C , checking

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:21 AM Page 67 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 114: Diagnostic Operation System VAS5051A


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A

Fig. 115: Diagnostic Cable - VAS 5051/6A


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Diagnostic cable VAS 5051/6A

 Connect Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.

Select operating mode "Guided Fault Finding" on Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS
5051A.

After Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory of all control modules has been checked:

 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 68 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 27 - Starter, power supply


 Electrical components

 Generator (GEN) -C-

 Or, in Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Functions".

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 27 - Starter, power supply
 Electrical components

 Generator (GEN) -C-

Generator, air-cooled, 6 cyl. 3.2L fuel injection engine

Vehicles with engine codes AZZ, BAA, BKJ (162 kW).

Vehicles with engine codes BMV, BMX, BRJ (177 kW).

Assembly overview

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 69 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 116: Exploded View Of Generator Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Socket head bolt with washer

 M8 x 30 mm
 20 Nm

2 - Tension roller

3 - Socket head bolt with washer

 M8 x 40 mm
 20 Nm

4 - Fitted bolt with washer


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 70 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 M8 x 25 mm
 20 Nm

5 - Socket head bolts with washer

 M8 x 40 mm
 20 Nm

6 - Fitted bolt with washer

 M8 x 25 mm
 20 Nm

7 - Bracket

8 - Idler pulley

9 - Fitted bolt with hex head

 Component of relay pulley item 8, cannot be replaced separately


 M10 x 50 mm
 40 Nm

10 - Cover

11 - Generator

 B+ wire fastener to generator, 15 Nm


 Neither voltage regulator nor carbon brushes can be replaced individually; if a repair is required, entire
generator must be replaced.
 Generator, removing and installing
 Generator ribbed belt pulley, removing and installing

12 - Ribbed belt

 Ribbed belt, checking --> Ribbed belt, checking


 Ribbed belt routing

13 - Collar bolts

 M8 x 90 mm
 20 Nm

Generator, 6-cyl. 3.2L air-cooled fuel injection engine, removing and installing
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 71 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 117: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/


 Bolt M8 x 50 (commercially available - pressure bolt for ribbed belt tensioner)

Removing:

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Fig. 118: Identifying DF-Lead Connector & Protective Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Separate the connector for the DF-lead - 1 - and remove the protective cap - 2 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 72 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 119: Terminal B+ Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the B+ lead - arrow - from the generator.

CAUTION: Before removing ribbed belt, mark the top side and direction of travel.
When installing, pay attention to correct running direction and installation
position. If the belt is installed in the opposite running direction or is
positioned incorrectly, the belt will fail!

 Remove air guides above cooler.

Fig. 120: Identifying Pressure Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Install pressure bolt M8x50 - arrow - in tensioner threaded bore until ribbed belt can be removed.

CAUTION: Tensioner housing may be damaged.

If hex bolt is threaded too far into tensioner housing, the housing may be
damaged.

Only screw the bolt in so far until the ribbed belt can be removed.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 73 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 121: Identifying Tensioner Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolts for tensioner - arrows -.


 Remove the ribbed belt together with the tensioner.

Fig. 122: Identifying Generator Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove generator mounting bolts M8 x 90 - arrows -.

Installing:

CAUTION:  When installing an already used ribbed belt, note direction of travel
marked when it was removed!
 Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all drive accessories
(generator, air conditioner compressor, power steering pump) are
secured in place.
 When installing the ribbed belt, make sure it is properly seated in the
belt pulley!
 Make sure that the pressure bolt M8x50 has been removed from
tensioner.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 74 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

Fig. 123: Driving Threaded Sleeves From Generator Housing


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Drive threaded sleeves - A - out of generator housing approx. 4 mm in direction of arrow.


 Tighten threaded connections to torques given in assembly overview.

CAUTION:  When connecting battery, always perform work procedure as


described in article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.
 Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals -->
Battery post/terminal, handling instructions.

 Reconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.


 Start the engine and verify that the belt is running properly.

Ribbed belt routing, 6-cyl. 3.2L fuel injection engine

Fig. 124: Identifying Ribbed Belt Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 75 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

1 - Belt pulley - generator

2 - Idler pulley

3 - Idler pulley

4 - Belt pulley - coolant pump

5 - Belt pulley - power steering pump

6 - Belt pulley - air conditioner compressor

7 - Tension roller

8 - Belt pulley - crankshaft

Generator, coolant-cooled 6-cyl. 3.2L fuel injection engine and 3.6L FSI engine

Vehicles with engine codes BHK, BHL (206 kW).

Assembly overview

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 76 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 125: Generator, Coolant-Cooled 6-Cyl. 3.2L Fuel Injection Engine And 3.6L FSI Engine Assembly
overview
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Tension roller

2 - Socket head bolts

 M8 x 30 mm
 20 Nm

3 - Fitting bolts

 M8 x 28 mm
 20 Nm

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 77 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

4 - Bracket

5 - Coolant hose

 Connection diagram for coolant hoses -->


 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.

6 - Clamp

7 - Torx flat head bolt

 M6 x 16 mm
 9 Nm

8 - Connecting piece

9 - O-Ring

 Always replace

10 - Generator

 B+ wire fastener to generator, 15 Nm


 Neither the voltage regulator nor the carbon brushes can be replaced individually; if a repair is required,
the entire generator must be replaced.
 Generator, removing and installing

11 - Ribbed belt

 Checking ribbed belt --> Ribbed belt, checking.


 Ribbed belt routing

12 - Collar bolts

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 78 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 M8 x 90 mm
 20 Nm

13 - Idler pulley

14 - Bolt

 M10 x 45 mm
 20 Nm

15 - Cover

16 - Socket head bolts

 M8 x 30 mm
 20 Nm

Generator, coolant-cooled, 6 cyl. 3.2L fuel injection engine and 3.6L FSI engine

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 126: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 79 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 127: Hose Clamps 3093


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Hose clamps up to 40 mm dia. VAS 3093


 Bolt M8 x 50 (commercially available - pressure bolt for ribbed belt tensioner)

Removing:

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting. If the sequence
is not followed, the pyrotechnic battery isolation system switch may
trigger, which may damage electrical components in the vehicle.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Fig. 128: Identifying Protective Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 80 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove protective cap - arrow - of B+ wire.

Fig. 129: Identifying B + Wire Harness & DF Wire


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Unscrew B+ wire - 1 - and disconnect harness connector of DF wire - 2 -.

Fig. 130: Identifying Coolant Hose Clamps


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Clamp off coolant hoses using hose clamps up to Ø 40 mm VAS 3093.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 81 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 131: Identifying Protective Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolt - arrow -.


 Pull coolant pipes off generator.

NOTE:  The coolant hoses may remain connected to the coolant pipes.

CAUTION: Before removing ribbed belt, mark the top side and direction of travel.
When installing, pay attention to correct running direction and installation
position. If the belt is installed in the opposite running direction or is
positioned incorrectly, the belt will fail!

Fig. 132: Identifying Pressure Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Install pressure bolt M8x50 - arrow - in tensioner threaded bore until ribbed belt can be removed.

CAUTION: Only screw the bolt in so far until the ribbed belt can be removed.
Otherwise, tensioner housing can be damaged.

Fig. 133: Identifying Tensioner Bolts


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 82 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolts for tensioner - arrows -.


 Remove the ribbed belt together with the tensioner.

Fig. 134: Identifying Generator Mounting Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove generator mounting bolts M8 x 90 - arrows -.


 Remove generator from bracket.

Installing:

CAUTION:  When installing an already used ribbed belt, note direction of travel
marked when it was removed!
 Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all drive accessories
(generator, air conditioner compressor, power steering pump) are
secured in place.
 When installing the ribbed belt, make sure it is properly seated in the
belt pulley!
 Make sure that the pressure bolt M8x50 has been unscrewed from
tensioner.

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Tighten threaded connections to torques given in assembly overview.


 Remove pressure bolt M80 x 50 from tensioner.
 Fill with coolant -->
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 83 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL


INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.

CAUTION:  When connecting the battery, always perform the work procedure as
described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting. If the
sequence is not followed, the pyrotechnic battery isolation system
switch may trigger, which may damage electrical components in the
vehicle.
 Observe notes for threaded connections on battery poles --> Battery
post/terminal, handling instructions.

 Reconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.


 Start the engine and verify that the belt is running properly.

Ribbed belt path - 3.2 L 6-cyl. fuel injection engine and 3.6L FSI engine

Fig. 135: Ribbed Belt Path - 3.2 L 6-Cyl. Fuel Injection Engine And 3.6L FSI Engine
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Belt pulley - generator

2 - Idler pulley
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 84 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

3 - Belt pulley - power steering pump

4 - Belt pulley - air conditioner compressor

5 - Ribbed belt - generator, idler pulley, air conditioner compressor, power steering pump, crankshaft, coolant
pump and tensioner

6 - Belt pulley - crankshaft

7 - Belt pulley - coolant pump

8 - Tension roller

Generator, 8-cyl. 4.2L fuel injection (MPI) engine

Vehicles with engine code AXQ (228 kW).

Assembly overview

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 85 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 136: Generator, 8-Cyl. 4.2L Fuel Injection (MPI) Engine Assembly overview
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Angle bracket

2 - Socket head bolts

 M6 x 25 mm
 9 Nm

3 - Coolant pipe

4 - Clamp

5 - Coolant hose

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 86 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Connection diagram for coolant hoses -->


 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF

6 - O-Ring

 Replace

7 - Generator

 B+ wire fastener to generator, 15 Nm


 Neither the voltage regulator nor the carbon brushes can be replaced individually; if a repair is required,
the entire generator must be replaced.
 Generator, removing and installing
 Generator ribbed belt pulley, removing and installing

8 - Ribbed belt

 Ribbed belt, checking --> Ribbed belt, checking


 Ribbed belt routing

9 - Socket head bolt with washer

 M8 x 90 mm
 22 Nm

Generator, 8-cyl. 4.2L fuel injection (MPI) engine, removing and installing

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 87 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 137: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Fig. 138: Mandrel T10060 A


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Mandrel T10060 A

Removing:

 Remove engine -->


 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 88 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF


.

CAUTION: Before removing ribbed belt, mark the top side and direction of travel.
When installing, pay attention to correct running direction and installation
position. If the belt is installed in the opposite running direction or is
positioned incorrectly, the belt will fail!

Fig. 139: Relieving Tension On Ribbed Belt By Pivoting Tensioning Element Using A Box-End Wrench.
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Relieve tension on the ribbed belt by pivoting the tensioning element using a box-end wrench.
 Lock tensioner using mandrel T10060 A.

Fig. 140: Identifying DF-Wire Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connector of DF-wire.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 89 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 141: Identifying Protective Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pull off the protective cover - arrow -.

Fig. 142: Identifying B+ Lead


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the B+ lead - arrow - from the generator.

Fig. 143: Identifying Coolant Lines, Bracket & Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 90 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove the bolt - 1 - and remove the bracket - 2 - for the coolant lines from the generator.
 Remove coolant lines - 3 - from generator.

Fig. 144: Identifying Mounting Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the mounting bolts M8x90 for the generator - arrows -.

Installing:

CAUTION:  When installing an already used ribbed belt, note direction of travel
marked when it was removed!
 Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all drive accessories
(generator, air conditioner compressor, power steering pump) are
secured in place.
 When installing the ribbed belt, make sure it is properly seated in the
belt pulley!

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Tighten threaded connections to torques given in assembly overview.


 Replace the coolant line gaskets.

Ribbed belt routing, 8-cyl. 4.2L fuel injection (MPI) engine

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 91 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 145: Ribbed Belt Routing, 8-Cyl. 4.2L Fuel Injection (MPI) Engine
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Belt pulley - generator

2 - Tension roller

3 - Belt pulley - crankshaft

4 - Idler pulley

5 - Belt pulley - air conditioner compressor

6 - Belt pulley - power steering pump

7 - Ribbed belt - generator, idler pulley, air conditioner compressor, power steering pump, crankshaft, coolant
pump and tensioner

Generator, 8-cyl. 4.2L fuel injection engine (FSI)

Vehicles with engine code BAR (257 kW).

Assembly overview

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 92 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 146: Generator, 8-Cyl. 4.2L Fuel Injection Engine (FSI) Assembly overview
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Screw

 22 Nm

2 - Tensioner for ribbed belt

3 - Ribbed belt

 Checking ribbed belt --> Ribbed belt, checking.


 Ribbed belt routing

4 - Cover

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 93 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

5 - Screw

 M8 x 90 mm
 22 Nm

6 - Generator

 B+ wire fastener to generator, 15 Nm


 Neither the voltage regulator nor the carbon brushes can be replaced individually; if a repair is required,
the entire generator must be replaced.
 Generator, removing and installing

7 - Screw

 M8 - 22 Nm
 M10 - 46 Nm

8 - Bushing

 Qty. 2

9 - Bracket

10 - Screw

 9 Nm

11 - Mounting bracket

 For idler pulley

12 - Ribbed belt idler pulley

13 - Screw

 22 Nm

14 - Belt pulley - crankshaft

15 - Screw

 22 Nm +45° (1 /8 additional turns)


 Replace

16 - Bushing
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 94 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Qty. 2

17 - Bracket

 For ribbed belt tensioner

18 - Screw

 9 Nm

Generator, 8-cyl. 4.2L fuel injection engine (FSI), removing and installing

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 147: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Removing:

 Remove the engine -->


 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 10 - ENGINE - ASSEMBLY for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 95 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove ribbed belt -->


 13 - ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE
MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 13 - ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE
MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 13 - ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE
MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 13 - ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE
MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 13 - ENGINE - CRANKSHAFT, CYLINDER BLOCK for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD
ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF

Fig. 148: Identifying DF-Wire Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connector of DF-wire.

Fig. 149: Identifying Protective Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pull off the protective cover - arrow -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 96 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 150: Identifying B+ Lead


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the B+ lead - arrow - from the generator.

Fig. 151: Identifying Coolant Lines, Bracket & Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the bolt - 1 - and remove the bracket - 2 - for the coolant lines from the generator.
 Remove coolant lines - 3 - from generator.

Fig. 152: Identifying Mounting Bolts


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 97 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the mounting bolts M8x90 for the generator - arrows -.

Installing:

CAUTION:  When installing an already used ribbed belt, note direction of travel
marked when it was removed!
 Before installing the ribbed belt, make sure all drive accessories
(generator, air conditioner compressor, power steering pump) are
secured in place.
 When installing the ribbed belt, make sure it is properly seated in the
belt pulley!

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Install and torque starter bolts and terminal nuts to values in table.
 Replace the coolant line gaskets.

Ribbed belt routing, 8-cyl. 4.2L fuel injection engine (FSI)

Fig. 153: Ribbed Belt Routing, 8-Cyl. 4.2L Fuel Injection Engine (FSI)
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Belt pulley - generator

2 - Ribbed belt

3 - Idler pulley

4 - Belt pulley - crankshaft

5 - Tension roller

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 98 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Generator, 10-cyl. 5.0L TDI engine

Vehicles with engine codes AYH, BKW, BLE and BWF (230 kW).

NOTE:  Only generators by Hitachi are delivered as replacement parts. The Delphi
generator is no longer produced. Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi.
 On generators with hard rubber disc clutch, this should generally be
replaced with torsion-elastic clutch.

Generator with hard-rubber disc clutch, assembly overview

NOTE:  Only generators by Hitachi are delivered as replacement parts. The Delphi
generator is no longer produced. Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi.
 On generators with hard rubber disc clutch, this should generally be
replaced with torsion-elastic clutch.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 99 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 154: Generator With Hard-Rubber Disc Clutch, Assembly Overview


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Socket head bolt with washer

 M6 x 20 mm
 8 Nm

2 - Coolant pipe/T-piece

 Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi

3 - O-Ring

 Always replace

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 100 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

4 - Angle bracket

5 - Bolts

 M8 x 35 mm
 20 Nm

6 - Generator

 B+ wire fastener to generator, 15 Nm


 Neither the voltage regulator nor the carbon brushes can be replaced individually; if a repair is required,
the entire generator must be replaced.
 Generator, removing and installing
 One-way clutch at generator, removing and installing

 Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi

7 - Hard-rubber disc clutch

 Converting to torsion-elastic clutch.

8 - Hex bolts with socket head and point

 Converting to torsion-elastic clutch.

9 - Drive hub

 Converting to torsion-elastic clutch.

10 - Bolt

 Converting to torsion-elastic clutch.

11 - Alignment bushings

NOTE:  Check if alignment bushings are equipped and securely seated. If


alignment bushings are loose, coat them with commercially available
grease before installing.

12 - O-Ring

 Always replace

13 - Coolant pipe

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 101 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi

Generator, 10 cyl. 5.0L TDI engine with hard rubber disc clutch (vehicles with engine code AYH, BKW), removing and installing

NOTE:  Only generators by Hitachi are delivered as replacement parts. The Delphi
generator is no longer produced. Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi.
 On generators with hard rubber disc clutch, this should generally be
replaced with torsion-elastic clutch.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 155: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Removing:

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting. Not adhering to
sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and
subsequent damage to electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Before removing generator, perform the following work procedures:

 Drain coolant -->


 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 102 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR


 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.
 Remove fuel filter module -->
 20 - FUEL SUPPLY for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION IGNITION,
ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 20 - FUEL SUPPLY for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION IGNITION,
ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 20 - FUEL SUPPLY for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 20 - FUEL SUPPLY for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 20 - FUEL SUPPLY for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.
 Remove upper section of oil filter housing -->
 17 - ENGINE - LUBRICATION for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 17 - ENGINE - LUBRICATION for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 17 - ENGINE - LUBRICATION for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 17 - ENGINE - LUBRICATION for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 17 - ENGINE - LUBRICATION for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.
 Remove intake manifolds --> 23 - DIESEL FUEL INJECTION .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 103 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 156: Identifying Coolant Line, Bracket & Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the bolt - 1 - and remove the bracket - 2 - for the coolant lines from the generator.
 Remove coolant lines - 3 - from generator.

NOTE:  The coolant hoses may remain connected to the coolant pipes.

Fig. 157: Identifying DF-Lead Connector & Protective Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Separate the connector for the DF-lead - 1 - and remove the protective cap - 2 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 104 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 158: Terminal B+ Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the B+ lead - arrow - from the generator.

Fig. 159: Removing/Installing Bolt & Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the bolt - 1 - and remove the bracket - 2 - for the B+ lead from the generator.

Fig. 160: Identifying Mounting Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 105 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove the mounting bolts - arrows - for the generator.

Fig. 161: Identifying Clutch Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the bolts - arrows - for the clutch.

NOTE:  There are a total of 3 bolts which, by turning the generator shaft, must be
brought into the correct position to be removed.

 Lift out generator with clutch.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Convert generator to torsion-elastic clutch.

Fig. 162: Check That Alignment Bushings Are Equipped & Securely Seated
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  Check if alignment bushings are equipped and securely seated - arrows -.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 106 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

If alignment bushings are loose, coat them with commercially available


grease before installing.

 Tighten threaded connections to torques given in corresponding assembly overview or.


 Fill with coolant -->
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.

CAUTION:  When connecting battery, always perform work procedure as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.
 Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals -->
Battery post/terminal, handling instructions.

 Reconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Generator with torsion-elastic clutch, assembly overview

NOTE:  Only generators by Hitachi are delivered as replacement parts. The Delphi
generator is no longer produced. Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi.
 On generators with hard rubber disc clutch, this should generally be
replaced with torsion-elastic clutch.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 107 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 163: Generator With Torsion-Elastic Clutch, Assembly Overview


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Socket head bolt with washer

 M6 x 20 mm
 8 Nm

2 - Coolant pipe/T-piece

 Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi

3 - O-Ring

 Always replace

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 108 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

4 - Angle bracket

5 - Bolts

 M8 x 35 mm
 20 Nm

6 - Generator

 B+ wire fastener to generator, 15 Nm


 Neither the voltage regulator nor the carbon brushes can be replaced individually; if a repair is required,
the entire generator must be replaced.
 Generator, removing and installing.
 One-way clutch at generator, removing and installing

 Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi

7 - Torsion-elastic clutch

 Always replace
 Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi

8 - Drive gear

 Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi

9 - Bolt

 M10 x 1 x 30 mm
 50 Nm + 90°
 Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi

10 - Alignment bushings

NOTE:  Check if alignment bushings are equipped and securely seated. If


alignment bushings are loose, coat them with commercially available
grease before installing.

11 - O-Ring

 Always replace

12 - Coolant pipe

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 109 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi

Generator, 10 cyl. 5.0L TDI engine with torsion-elastic clutch (vehicles with engine code AYH, BKW), removing and installing

NOTE:  Only generators by Hitachi are delivered as replacement parts. The Delphi
generator is no longer produced. Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi.
 On generators with hard rubber disc clutch, this should generally be
replaced with torsion-elastic clutch.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 164: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Removing:

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting. Not adhering to
sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and
subsequent damage to electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Before removing generator, perform the following work procedures:

 Drain coolant -->


 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 110 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR


 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.
 Remove fuel filter module -->
 20 - FUEL SUPPLY for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION IGNITION,
ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 20 - FUEL SUPPLY for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION IGNITION,
ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 20 - FUEL SUPPLY for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 20 - FUEL SUPPLY for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 20 - FUEL SUPPLY for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.
 Remove upper section of oil filter housing -->
 17 - ENGINE - LUBRICATION for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 17 - ENGINE - LUBRICATION for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 17 - ENGINE - LUBRICATION for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 17 - ENGINE - LUBRICATION for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 17 - ENGINE - LUBRICATION for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.
 Remove intake manifolds --> 23 - DIESEL FUEL INJECTION .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 111 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 165: Identifying Coolant Line, Bracket & Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the bolt - 1 - and remove the bracket - 2 - for the coolant lines from the generator.
 Remove coolant lines - 3 - from generator.

NOTE:  The coolant hoses may remain connected to the coolant pipes.

Fig. 166: Identifying DF-Lead Connector & Protective Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Separate the connector for the DF-lead - 1 - and remove the protective cap - 2 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 112 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 167: Terminal B+ Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the B+ lead - arrow - from the generator.

Fig. 168: Removing/Installing Bolt & Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the bolt - 1 - and remove the bracket - 2 - for the B+ lead from the generator.

Fig. 169: Identifying Mounting Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 113 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove the mounting bolts - arrows - for the generator.

Fig. 170: Removing/Installing Generator


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the generator. When doing this, the torsion-elastic clutch - 1 - remains on the drive gear.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

Fig. 171: Check That Alignment Bushings Are Equipped & Securely Seated
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  Check if alignment bushings are equipped and securely seated - arrows -.
If alignment bushings are loose, coat them with commercially available
grease before installing.

 Tighten threaded connections to torques given in corresponding assembly overview or.


 Fill with coolant -->
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 114 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL


INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.

CAUTION:  When connecting battery, always perform work procedure as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.
 Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals -->
Battery post/terminal, handling instructions.

 Reconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Generator, 10 cyl. 5.0L TDI engine (vehicles with engine code BLE, BWF), removing and installing

NOTE:  Only generators by Hitachi are delivered as replacement parts. The Delphi
generator is no longer produced. Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi.
 On generators with hard rubber disc clutch, this should generally be
replaced with torsion-elastic clutch.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 172: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 115 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Removing:

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting. Not adhering to
sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and
subsequent damage to electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Before removing generator, perform the following work procedures:

 Drain coolant -->


 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.
 Remove intake manifolds --> 23 - DIESEL FUEL INJECTION .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 116 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 173: Exploded View Of Coolant Pipe Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  To remove EGR valve, remove coolant pipe bolt - arrow -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 117 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 174: Identifying Coolant Line, Bracket & Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the bolt - 1 - and remove the bracket - 2 - for the coolant lines from the generator.
 Remove coolant lines - 3 - from generator.

NOTE:  The coolant hoses may remain connected to the coolant pipes.

Fig. 175: Identifying DF-Lead Connector & Protective Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Separate the connector for the DF-lead - 1 - and remove the protective cap - 2 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 118 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 176: Terminal B+ Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the B+ lead - arrow - from the generator.

Fig. 177: Removing/Installing Bolt & Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the bolt - 1 - and remove the bracket - 2 - for the B+ lead from the generator.

Fig. 178: Identifying Mounting Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 119 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove the mounting bolts - arrows - for the generator.

Fig. 179: Removing/Installing Generator


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove the generator. When doing this, the torsion-elastic clutch - 1 - remains on the drive gear.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

Fig. 180: Check That Alignment Bushings Are Equipped & Securely Seated
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  Check if alignment bushings are equipped and securely seated - arrows -.
If alignment bushings are loose, coat them with commercially available
grease before installing.

 Tighten threaded connections to torques given in corresponding assembly overview or.


 Fill with coolant -->
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 120 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL


INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
 19 - ENGINE - COOLING SYSTEM for 5.0 LITER V10 2V TDI PD ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION GLOW PLUG, ENGINE CODE(S): BKW, BWF
.

CAUTION:  When connecting battery, always perform work procedure as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.
 Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals -->
Battery post/terminal, handling instructions.

 Reconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Converting generator, Delphi to Hitachi

Only generators by Hitachi are delivered as replacement parts. The Delphi generator is no longer produced.

Fig. 181: Identifying Generator Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

The following components should be replaced when converting:

1 - Generator, Hitachi 07Z 903 021 E

2 - Coolant pipe/angled piece 07Z 121 132 H

3 - B+ wire 07Z 971 349 B


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 121 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

4 - Coolant pipe/T-piece 07Z 121 132 L

 Remove generator --> Generator, 10-cyl. 5.0L TDI engine.


 Replace coolant pipes and.
 Replace B+ wire.
 Install generator --> Generator, 10-cyl. 5.0L TDI engine.

Generator ribbed belt pulley, removing and installing

Vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 182: Torque Wrench V.A.G. 1332


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Fig. 183: Identifying Multi-Point Socket 3400


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Multi-point adapter VAS 3400

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 122 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Removing:

 Remove generator.
 Tighten the generator in a vise at the attachment points.
 Remove the protective cap from the free-wheeling belt pulley.

Fig. 184: Inserting Multi-Point Adapter 3400 Into Free-Wheeling Belt Pulley & Multi-Point Socket Insert
M10 Into Generator Shaft
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Insert the multi-point adapter 3400 - 1 - with a box-end wrench into the free-wheeling belt pulley - 2 - of
the generator. Then, insert a multi-point socket insert M10 - 3 - into the generator shaft.
 Loosen the threaded connection by rotating clockwise, while counter holding with the box-end wrench.
 Hold the free-wheeling belt pulley firmly by hand and rotate it on the generator drive shaft until the free-
wheeling belt pulley can be removed.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 First screw overrunning clutch pulley on generator driveshaft by hand until limit stop.

Torque wrench must be reassembled for installing overrunning clutch pulley as follows:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 123 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 185: Torque Wrench Socket Drive Grip


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release the insert - 1 - and pull it from the handle - 2 -.


 Rotate the handle - 2 - of the torque wrench 180 degrees and re-insert the bit.
 Set the rotation direction of the torque wrench bit to "left."

Fig. 186: Counterholding Multi-Point Adapter 3400 And Tightening Overrunning Clutch Pulley By
Turning Generator Drive Shaft Toward Left
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Counterhold multi-point adapter 3400 - 1 - using open end wrench 17 mm and tighten overrunning clutch
pulley by turning generator drive shaft toward left using torque wrench - 2 -. The tightening torque is 80
Nm.
 Clip the protective cap onto the free-wheeling belt pulley.

Vehicles with 8-cyl. fuel injection engine

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 124 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 187: Torque Wrench V.A.G. 1332


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1332

Fig. 188: Socket VAS 3310


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Socket VAS 3310

Removing:

 Remove generator.
 Tighten the generator in a vise at the attachment points.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 125 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 189: Loosen/Tighten Nut At Pulley With Wrench And Adapter 3310
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Use socket insert VAS 3310 to remove mounting nut of overrunning clutch pulley from generator shaft.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Tighten ribbed belt pulley to generator shaft threaded connection to 65 Nm.

Freewheeling clutch at generator, removing and installing

Vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 190: Torque Wrench V.A.G. 1332


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:22 AM Page 126 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1332/

Fig. 191: Identifying Multi-Point Socket 3400


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Multi-point adapter VAS 3400

Removing:

 Remove generator or.


 Tighten the generator in a vise at the attachment points.

Fig. 192: Identifying Special Tool Multi Point Adapter VAS 3400
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Insert multi-point adapter VAS 3400 - 1 - in generator freewheel pulley - 2 - using open end wrench 17 mm.
Then, insert a multi-point socket insert M10 - 3 - into the generator shaft.

 Loosen the threaded connection by rotating clockwise, while counter holding with the box-end wrench.
 Hold free in place by hand and turn at generator drive shaft until the free can be removed.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 127 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 First screw free on generator driveshaft by hand until limit stop.

Torque wrench must be re-assembled for installing free as follows:

Fig. 193: Torque Wrench Socket Drive Grip


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release the insert - 1 - and pull it from the handle - 2 -.


 Rotate the handle - 2 - of the torque wrench 180 degrees and re-insert the bit.
 Set the rotation direction of the torque wrench bit to "left."

Fig. 194: Identifying Multi-Point Adapter VAS 3400 & Torque Wrench
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Counterhold multi-point adapter VAS 3400 - 1 - using open end wrench 17 mm and tighten free by
turning generator drive shaft toward left using torque wrench - 2 -. The tightening torque is 80 Nm.
 Tighten one-way clutch to generator shaft threaded connection to 80 Nm.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (CCS)


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 128 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Cruise Control System (CCS)

Cruise Control System (CCS) functions are controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM).

Cruise control is operated with two button blocks in the multi-function steering wheel or, on vehicles without a
multi-function steering wheel, with front rocker switch in windshield washer lever.

 Perform assembly work at multi-function steering wheel --> 91 RADIO, TELEPHONE,


NAVIGATION, TRIP COMPUTER .
 Perform assembly work on windshield wiper lever --> Steering column switch, removing and installing
 Cruise Control System (CCS) can be activated/deactivated --> Cruise Control System (CCS),
activating and deactivating.

DTC recognition and display:

DTCs in conjunction with Cruise Control System are transmitted via Engine Control Module (ECM) and via
Steering Column Electronic Systems Control Module J527.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Cruise Control System (CCS), activating and deactivating

All instructions and information on this article can be found in the ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT -
GENERAL INFORMATION .

ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL (ACC)

General information

NOTE:  Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

Owners Manual

--> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations

General Description:

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is a cruise control system with distance regulation that influences driving
behavior with both active acceleration and deceleration.

Using Adaptive Cruise Control, any speed between 30 km/h and 200 km/h can be maintained. In addition, ACC
maintains a pre-set time distance to the vehicle ahead.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 129 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

With active brake intervention, the vehicle can be braked to a stop if the situation requires. System-specified
thresholds are set and driver intervention is prompted with optical and acoustic warnings when necessary.

The driver assistance system is activated using the front button in the turn signal level and a selection display in
the instrument cluster display. ACC is operated using the multi-function steering wheel buttons or, on vehicles
without multi-function steering wheel, using the front rocker switch in the windshield wiper lever. While
driving, important information is shown in the instrument cluster display.

DTC recognition and display:

Distance Regulation Control Module J428 is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists
troubleshooting.

For fault finding, use one of the systems described in the "Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System"
chapter in "Guided Fault Finding" function.

When first commissioning or replacing Distance Regulation Control Module J428 , initialize ADR -->
Initializing Automatic Distance Regulation (ADR).

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) components:

 Distance Regulation Control Module J428


 Adaptive Cruise Control Button E357 in turn signal switch
 Depending on equipment, for adjusting ACC, the multi-function steering wheel buttons or
 The front rocker switch on the windshield wiper lever

Assembly overview

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 130 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 195: Exploded View Of Adaptive Cruise Control Button E357 & Distance Regulation Control
Module J428
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Adaptive Cruise Control Button E357

The Adaptive Cruise Control Button E357 is integrated in the turn signal switch on the steering column.

Turn signal switch on steering column, removing and installing --> Steering column switch, removing and
installing.

2 - Distance Regulation Control Module J428

Distance Regulation Control Module J428 must not be disassembled further and contains the following
components:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 131 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Distance Regulation Control Module J428


 Adaptive Cruise Control Sensor G550
 Distance Regulation Sensor Heater Z47

Distance Regulation Control Module J428 , removing and installing --> Distance Regulation Control Module
J428 , removing and installing.

Adaptive Cruise Control Button E357 , removing and installing

The Adaptive Cruise Control Button E357 is integrated in the turn signal switch on the steering column.

Turn signal switch on steering column, removing and installing --> Steering column switch, removing and
installing.

Distance Regulation Control Module J428 , removing and installing

Distance Regulation Control Module J428 is mounted on front of vehicle, behind VW-logo in the radiator
protective grille.

Distance Regulation Control Module J428 must not be disassembled further and contains the following
components:

 Adaptive Cruise Control Sensor G550


 Distance Regulation Sensor Heater Z47

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers and remove ignition key.
 Remove radiator grille --> 66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Fig. 196: Distance Regulation Control Module J428 And Retainers


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Unclip Distance Regulation Control Module J428 - 1 - from the three mounts - 2 -.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 132 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Swivel Distance Regulation Control Module J428 - 1 - forward, paying attention to lengths of connected
wires.

Fig. 197: Distance Regulation Control Module J428 And Electrical Connection
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage and disconnect harness connector - 2 - and remove Distance Regulation Control Module J428
from vehicle.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

Adaptive Cruise Control Sensor G550 in Distance Regulation Control Module J428 is to be calibrated after:

 Every removal and installation of Adaptive Cruise Control Sensor G550 ,


 Every removal and installation, and replacement of assembly carrier,
 If there is a suspicion of forceful impact on these two parts, an accident during driving or similar.

Distance Regulation Sensor G550 , calibrating --> Adaptive Cruise Control Sensor G550 , calibrating.

 When first commissioning or replacing Distance Regulation Control Module J428 , initialize ADR -->
Initializing Automatic Distance Regulation (ADR).

Adaptive Cruise Control Sensor G550 , calibrating

Adaptive Cruise Control Sensor G550 in Distance Regulation Control Module J428 is to be calibrated after:

 Every removal and installation of Adaptive Cruise Control Sensor G550 ,


 Every removal and installation, and replacement of assembly carrier,
 Considering physical forces such as collision damage or similar,
 If toe and/or camber were adjusting during a vehicle alignment.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 133 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Adaptive Cruise Control Sensor G550 , calibrating: --> 44 - WHEELS, TIRES, WHEEL ALIGNMENT

Initializing Automatic Distance Regulation (ADR)

NOTE:  Initialization is required only when first commissioning or replacing


Distance Regulation Control Module J428.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 198: Diagnostic Operation System VAS5051A


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A

Fig. 199: Diagnostic Cable - VAS 5051/6A


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Diagnostic cable VAS 5051/6A

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 134 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Chassis
 Distance regulation
 Functions
 Adaptation after replacing control module

FRONT SCAN DISTANCE MONITORING SYSTEM

General information

The Front Scan distance monitoring system is an expansion of the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) -->
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) and warns the driver in two levels before a collision with a vehicle ahead.

If the Distance Regulation Sensor G550 detects a possible collision, at speeds above 30 km/h, there is first a
warning with a symbol in the instrument cluster display and then a warning tone. At the same time, the vehicle
is prepared for possible emergency braking by the driver. To do this, the brake pads are applied to the brake
discs but without slowing the vehicle. In addition, the hydraulic brake assist reacts sensitively to the drivers
brake operation.

If the driver does not react to the warning, the Front Scan distance monitoring system intervenes with a brief
lurch through braking to bring attention to the collision risk - the vehicle speed is not reduced by this braking
lurch. The braking lurch only takes place in driving situations in which a danger should be avoided. In situations
in which it can be assumed that the driver is already alert, e.g. on tight curves or when the driver is braking, the
braking lurch is suppressed.

The Front Scan distance monitoring system is operated using the Adaptive Cruise Control Button E357 in the
turn signal lever and the instrument cluster display. While driving, important information is shown in the
instrument cluster display.

DTC recognition and display:

Distance Regulation Control Module J428 is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists
troubleshooting.

The "Guided Fault Finding" function is to be used for troubleshooting of one of the systems described as in
chapter "Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System" --> Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and
Information Systems.

Front Scan distance monitoring system components:

 Distance Regulation Control Module J428


 Adaptive Cruise Control Button E357 in turn signal switch

Distance Regulation Control Module J428


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 135 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Distance Regulation Control Module J428 is mounted on front of vehicle, behind VW-logo in the radiator
protective grille.

Distance Regulation Control Module J428 must not be disassembled further and contains the following
components:

 Adaptive Cruise Control Sensor G550


 Distance Regulation Sensor Heater Z47

Distance Regulation Control Module J428 , removing and installing --> Distance Regulation Control Module
J428 , removing and installing

Adaptive Cruise Control Button E357

The Adaptive Cruise Control Button E357 is integrated in the turn signal switch on the steering column -->
Adaptive Cruise Control Button E357 , removing and installing.

90 - INSTRUMENTS
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Instrument cluster

CAUTION: When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always perform the work
procedure as described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.
Not adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system components.

NOTE:  Instrument cluster component functions can be checked On Board


Diagnostic (OBD) program function "Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)"
--> Instrument cluster, Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM).
 Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

Owners Manual

--> 01 - MAINTENANCE

General Description:

The following components are integrated in the instrument cluster:

 Instrument Cluster Control Module J285


 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 136 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Engine oil temperature display


 Tachometer

 Engine coolant temperature display


 Multi-function indicator
 Fuel gauge
 Speedometer

 Voltmeter
 Indicator lamps --> Instrument cluster indicator lamp symbol, vehicles through 11/06

All warning and indicator lamps are equipped with light-emitting diodes (LEDs) which cannot be serviced or
replaced separately. In the event of malfunctions, the complete instrument cluster must be replaced -->
Instrument cluster, replacing.

DTC recognition and display:

The instrument cluster is equipped with On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capabilities which assists with
troubleshooting.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Instrument cluster, replacing

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Instrument cluster

 Instrument cluster functions


 Instrument cluster, replacing

Instrument cluster, removing and installing

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 137 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 200: Release Lever T10039 & Wedge T10039/1


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release lever T10039


 Wedge T10039/1

Removing:

NOTE:  Removal of the steering wheel is not necessary. To improve clarity, the
steering wheel is not shown in the following illustrations.
 If the instrument panel insert is to be replaced --> Instrument cluster,
replacing.

 Using the electrical or mechanical adjustment mechanism, fully extend and lower the steering wheel.
 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 201: Identifying Trim Strips & Locking Mechanisms


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pry trim strips - 1 - and - 2 - out of locking mechanisms using wedge T10039/1.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 138 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 202: Removing/Installing Upper Cover Piece Of Steering Column Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolts - 1 - from upper cover piece of steering column - 2 - and remove it.
 Remove instrument cluster shroud --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Fig. 203: Removing/Installing Bracket Of Instrument Cluster Visor & Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolts - 1 - from bracket of instrument cluster visor - 2 -.

Fig. 204: Identifying Screws


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 139 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screws - 1 -.

Fig. 205: Removing/Installing Instrument Cluster Visor Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bracket for instrument cluster visor - 1 - upward in - direction of arrow -.

Fig. 206: Identifying Instrument Cluster Harness Connectors


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove instrument cluster and disconnect harness connectors - 1 - on rear side of instrument cluster.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Place the instrument panel insert into the opening and connect the connectors.
 Install bracket for instrument cluster visor.
 After installing, test the functions of the instrument cluster.

Instrument cluster, Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 140 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

The following components and functions can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of instrument
cluster:

 Speedometer G21
 Tachometer G5
 Fuel gauge G1
 Engine coolant temperature (ECT) gauge G3

 Oil Temperature Display Y12


 Supply Voltage Display Y11
 Segment test (During segment test, all segments of display unit are activated. For this, the display will be
activated in sequence in the colors white, red, green and blue.)
 Glow Plug Indicator Light K29

 Brake and Parking Brake Warning Lamp K7


 Safety Belt Warning Light K19
 Oil Pressure Warning Buzzer H11
 Gong (activation of gong in instrument cluster)

 Flasher acoustic (activation of flasher relay)

NOTE:  Above system/component checks depend on market version and installed


equipment.

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Instrument cluster

 Instrument cluster functions


 Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of instrument cluster

Instrument cluster, rearview

NOTE:  Do not disassemble instrument cluster. In the event of malfunctions,


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 141 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

replace complete instrument cluster.

Fig. 207: Identifying Connectors, 32-Pin


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Connector, 32-pin

 Blue
 Connector assignment, vehicles through 11/06 --> Instrument cluster connector assignment, vehicles
through 11/06
 Connector assignment, vehicles from 12/06 with monochrome display --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams,
Troubleshooting and Component Locations
 Connector assignment, vehicles from 12/06 with color display --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams,
Troubleshooting and Component Locations

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 142 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

2 - Connector, 32-pin

 Green
 Connector assignment, vehicles through 11/06
 Connector assignment, vehicles from 12/06 with monochrome display --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams,
Troubleshooting and Component Locations
 Connector assignment, vehicles from 12/06 with color display --> Electrical Wiring Diagrams,
Troubleshooting and Component Locations

Instrument cluster connector assignment, vehicles through 11/06

NOTE:  Multi-pin connector assignments depend on market, vehicle equipment


and engine versions.

Connector, 32-pin, blue, vehicles through 11/06

Fig. 208: Connector, 32-Pin, Blue, Vehicles Through 11/06


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Terminal 15, positive

2 - Terminal 15, positive

3 - Output signal 1 from electronic speedometer

4 - Tank sensor 2

5 - Tank sensor 1

6 - Low washer fluid level

7 - Terminal 31, sensor ground

8 - Terminal 30
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 143 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

9 - Terminal 31, ground

10 - Oil pressure switch

11 - Ambient temperature

12 - Warning lamp for generator, terminal 61

13 - not in use

14 - not in use

15 - not in use

16 - not in use

17 - not in use

18 - Terminal 30 S

19 - Terminal 30 S

20 - not in use

21 - not in use

22 - Low coolant indicator

23 - Terminal 30, positive

24 - Terminal 31, ground

25 - On-board diagnostics/K-line

26 - not in use

27 - not in use

28 - not in use

29 - Warning contact for brakes, general

30 - not in use

31 - Seat belt warning lamp

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 144 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

32 - not in use

Connector, 32-pin, green, vehicles through 11/06

Fig. 209: Connector, 32-Pin, Green, Vehicles Through 11/06


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - not in use

2 - not in use

3 - not in use

4 - not in use

5 - not in use

6 - not in use

7 - Brake lining wear

8 - CAN- out, high

9 - CAN- out, low

10 - not in use

11 - not in use

12 - not in use

13 - Parking brake

14 - not in use

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 145 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

15 - not in use

16 - not in use

17 - not in use

18 - Signal for oil temperature and oil level warning

19 - Powertrain CAN-Bus, High

20 - Powertrain CAN-Bus, Low

21 - not in use

22 - not in use

23 - not in use

24 - not in use

25 - not in use

26 - not in use

27 - CAN-comfort, high

28 - CAN-comfort, low

29 - not in use

30 - Emergency operation

31 - CAN-infotainment High

32 - CAN-infotainment Low

Instrument cluster connector assignment, vehicles from 12/06 with monochrome display

Instrument cluster connector assignment, vehicles from 12/06 with monochrome display --> Electrical Wiring
Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations

Instrument cluster connector assignment, vehicles from 12/06 with color display

Instrument cluster connector assignment, vehicles from 12/06 with color display --> Electrical Wiring
Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations

Instrument cluster indicator lamp symbol, vehicles through 11/06


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 146 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  Applicability and layout of instrument cluster warning and indicator lamps
are market and engine dependent.
 Different instrument clusters are used, depending on vehicle equipment.
Some lamps illustrated here may not apply to US/CDN models.

Fig. 210: Instrument Cluster Indicator Lamp Symbols, Vehicles Through 11/06
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Airbag or seatbelt tensioner system

2 - Seat belts

3 - Electronic Stability Program (ESP)

4 - ESP-system light (ASR/ESC)

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 147 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

5 - Anti-lock braking system (ABS)

6 - Left/right turn signal indicator (turn signal/emergency flasher system)

7 - Rear fog lamps

8 - Trailer turn signals

9 - Lamp failure

10 - Offroad

11 - Generator load control

12 - Brake indicator/Parking brake indicator

13 - Fog lamps

14 - Tire pressure monitoring indicator

15 - High beam headlamp

16 - Rear fog lamps

17 - Shift lock

 Warning lamp only present in vehicles with automatic transmission

18 - Right turn signal indicator (turn signal/emergency flasher system)

19 - Left turn signal indicator (turn signal/emergency flasher system)

20 - Glow plug system

 Indicator lamp only present in vehicles with diesel engine

21 - Electronic power control (EPC)

 Indicator lamp only present in vehicles with gasoline engine

22 - Decoupled offroad stabilizer

23 - Cruise Control System

24 - Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

Instrument cluster indicator lamp symbol, vehicles from 12/06 with monochrome display
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 148 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Instrument cluster equipment versions: Highline

NOTE:  Applicability and layout of instrument cluster warning and indicator lamps
are market and engine dependent.
 Different instrument clusters are used, depending on vehicle equipment.
Some lamps illustrated here may not apply to US/CDN models.

Fig. 211: Instrument Cluster Indicator Lamp Symbols, Vehicles From 12/06 With Monochrome Display
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP)

 Lit up: ESP damaged or manually switched off


 Blinking: ESP regulating

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 149 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

2 - Anti-lock braking system (ABS)

3 - Operate footbrake

4 - EPC - Malfunction in gasoline engine

 Indicator lamp only present in vehicles with gasoline engine

5 - Cruise control switched on

6 - Left turn signal indicator (turn signal/emergency flasher system)

7 - Right turn signal indicator (turn signal/emergency flasher system)

8 - Fog lights switched on

9 - Malfunction in generator

10 - Brake control light

 Brake fluid lever too low or


 Malfunction in brake system or
 Parking brake activated

11 - Engine malfunction (On Board Diagnostic)

12 - Daytime running lights switched on

13 - High beams switched on

14 - Airbag or seatbelt tensioner system

 Airbag or belt tensioner system faulty or


 Passenger airbags switched off

15 - Lamp failure

 Lit up: Bulb failure


 Blinking: dynamic or static cornering light faulty

16 - Fog lights switched on

17 - Fasten seat belts!

18 - Lane change assistance (Side Scan) switched on

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 150 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

19 - Distance control (Front Scan) switched on

Depending on equipment, some warning and indicator lights are also shown in the instrument cluster display.
Malfunctions are sorted according to priority and are shown in the display with red or yellow symbols and
additional information.

Instrument cluster indicator lamp symbol, vehicles from 12/06 with color display

Instrument cluster equipment versions: Premium

NOTE:  Applicability and layout of instrument cluster warning and indicator lamps
are market and engine dependent.
 Different instrument clusters are used, depending on vehicle equipment.
Some lamps illustrated here may not apply to US/CDN models.

Fig. 212: Instrument Cluster Indicator Lamp Symbols, Vehicles From 12/06 With Color Display
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 151 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Fasten seat belts!

2 - Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP)

 Lit up: ESP damaged or manually switched off


 Blinking: ESP regulating

3 - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)/Electronic Differential Lock (EDS)

 Malfunction in ABS system


 Electronic differential lock (EDS) malfunction

4 - Left turn signal indicator (turn signal/emergency flasher system)

5 - Right turn signal indicator (turn signal/emergency flasher system)

6 - Lamp failure

 Lit up: Bulb failure


 Blinking: dynamic or static cornering light faulty

7 - Malfunction in generator

8 - Brake control light

 Brake fluid lever too low or


 Malfunction in brake system or
 Parking brake activated

9 - Fog lights switched on

10 - Daytime running lights switched on

11 - High beams switched on

12 - Fog lights switched on

13 - Operate footbrake

14 - EPC - Malfunction in gasoline engine

 Indicator lamp only present in vehicles with gasoline engine

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 152 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

15 - Engine malfunction (On Board Diagnostic)

16 - Airbag or seatbelt tensioner system

 Airbag or belt tensioner system faulty or


 Passenger airbags switched off

Depending on equipment, some warning and indicator lights are also shown in the instrument cluster
display. Malfunctions are sorted according to priority and are shown in the display with red or yellow
symbols and additional information.

SERVICE INTERVAL INDICATOR

Service Reminder Indicator (SRI), resetting

 Resetting Service Reminder Indicator (SRI) --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

92 - WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM


FRONT WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM

Front windshield wiper system

CAUTION:  When connecting battery, always perform work procedure as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.
 Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals -->
Battery post/terminal, handling instructions.

NOTE:  Windshield wiper system function can be checked via Wiper Motor Control
Module J400 output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM).
 Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

Owners Manual

--> 01 - MAINTENANCE

General Description:

NOTE:  Hood (Front Hood Switch F266) must be closed to activate windshield
wiper functions.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 153 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Control Module for wiper motor J400 is integrated in Windshield Wiper Motor V.

NOTE:  If Control Module for wiper motor J400 or Windshield Wiper Motor V is
replaced, Control Module for wiper motor J400 must be coded.

Rain Sensor G213 or Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 may be installed, depending on equipment.

Rain Sensor G213 function is activated via Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch E22 --> Steering column switch
- assembly overview.

NOTE:  Observe notes for operation for Rain Sensor G213 Owners manual.

Rain Sensor G213 registers rain intensity which it converts to a corresponding signal. This signal is then
received by Control Module for wiper motor J400 and then transmitted to Windshield Wiper Motor V.

The Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 controls the Automatic Driving Lights Control (ADLC) function in
addition to the functions of Rain Sensor G213 listed above.

The ADLC (Automatic Driving Lights Control) function is activated via Light Switch E1 --> Light Switch E1 ,
removing and installing.

NOTE:  Observe notes for operation for "automatic driving lights control" Owners
manual.

The Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 also registers light intensity which it converts to a corresponding
signal. Wiper Motor Control Module J400 receives this signal first and then relays it via instrument cluster to
Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , which switches the driving lights on.

DTC recognition and display:

Wiper Motor Control Module J400 and Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 are equipped with On
Board Diagnostic (OBD), which assists troubleshooting.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Front windshield wiper system, removing and installing

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 154 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 213: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Front windshield wiper system, removing

NOTE:  In order remove the wiper frame with linkages and wiper motor, wiper
arms and plenum chamber cover must be removed.

 Move the wiper into park position.

CAUTION:  When connecting battery, always perform work procedure as


described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting. Not
adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system
components.
 Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals -->
Battery post/terminal, handling instructions.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Wiper arm on drivers side, removing

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 155 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 214: Identifying Cover Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pry off cover cap - arrow - using a screwdriver.

Fig. 215: Loosening Mounting Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Loosen mounting nut - arrow - but do not unscrew completely.


 Gently move wiper arm up and down until it can be removed from wiper arm shaft.
 Now unscrew mounting nut completely and pull wiper arm off wiper arm shaft.

Wiper arm on passengers side, removing

NOTE:  Only the wiper arm shaft depicted at right in illustration is driven.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 156 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 216: Identifying Wiper Arm Axle & Shaft Mounting Nuts
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting nut - 1 - from wiper arm axle.


 Remove mounting nut - 2 - from wiper arm shaft.

Fig. 217: Identifying Wiper Arm Axle & Wiper Arm


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove washer - 1 - from wiper arm axle.


 Move wiper arm - 2 - lightly up and down until cone - 3 - can be pulled off wiper arm - 2 -.
 Remove wiper arm.

Plenum chamber cover, removing

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 157 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 218: Identifying Plenum Chamber Cover Retainers


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release the retainers - arrows - of the plenum chamber cover by turning them 90°.
 Carefully lift cover - 1 - slightly until harness connector for Sensor for air quality G238 can be
disconnected.
 Remove the cover.

NOTE:  Plenum chamber cover is inserted below windshield in a guide rail.


 For reasons of clarity, illustration shows plenum chamber already
removed.

Fig. 219: Loosening Twist Locks


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Loosen twist locks - 1 - of cover by a 90° turn.


 Carefully unclip plenum chamber cover upward - arrows -.

Wiper frame with linkage and Windshield Wiper Motor V , removing

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 158 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 220: Identifying Hex Socket Head Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove hex socket head bolt M6 - 1 - and remove washer.

Fig. 221: Removing/Installing Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolts - 1 -.

Fig. 222: Identifying Wire Retainers & Hex Socket Head Bolts
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 159 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Unclip wire retainer - 1 - from wiper frame.


 Disconnect connector at Windshield Wiper Motor V.

CAUTION:  Connector catches can be destroyed.


 Connector catches must not be loosened by force.

 Remove hex socket head bolts M6 - 2 - and remove washers.


 Remove complete wiper frame.

NOTE:  If Control Module for wiper motor J400 or Windshield Wiper Motor V is
replaced, Control Module for wiper motor J400 must be coded.

Removing Windshield Wiper Motor V from wiper frame

Fig. 223: Removing/Installing Hex Nut & Crank


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove hex nut - 1 -.


 Remove crank - 2 - from wiper motor shaft.

Fig. 224: Identifying Windshield Wiper Motor Mounting Bolts


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 160 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - for Windshield Wiper Motor V.


 Remove Windshield Wiper Motor V from wiper frame.

NOTE:  If Control Module for wiper motor J400 or Windshield Wiper Motor V is
replaced, Control Module for wiper motor J400 must be coded.

Installing Windshield Wiper Motor V into wiper frame

Fig. 225: Identifying Windshield Wiper Motor Mounting Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Insert Windshield Wiper Motor V into wiper frame and secure it with mounting bolts - arrows -.
 Install and tighten starter bolts and terminal nuts to torque values in table --> Tightening Torques:
Windshield wiper and washer system.
 Let Windshield Wiper Motor V run to rest position, to do so, connect connector to Windshield Wiper
Motor V and operate windshield wiper switch briefly to do so.

NOTE:  Hood (Front Hood Switch F266) must be closed to activate windshield
wiper functions.

 Place crank - 2 - onto shaft of Windshield Wiper Motor V , the distance - A - between crank - 2 - and pin
- 3 - must be 4 mm.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 161 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 226: Identifying Crank, Pin & Windshield Wiper Motor


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Thread on crank - 2 - with hex nut - 1 -.


 Tighten hex nut - 1 - to specified tightening torque --> Tightening Torques: Windshield wiper and
washer system.

CAUTION:  When connecting battery, always perform work procedure as


described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting. Not
adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system
components.
 Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals -->
Battery post/terminal, handling instructions.

 Reconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

NOTE:  If Control Module for wiper motor J400 or Windshield Wiper Motor V is
replaced, Control Module for wiper motor J400 must be coded.

Wiper frame with linkage and Windshield Wiper Motor V , installing

CAUTION:  When connecting battery, always perform work procedure as


described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting. Not
adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system
components.
 Observe notes for threaded connections of battery terminals -->
Battery post/terminal, handling instructions.

 Reconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.


 Let Windshield Wiper Motor V run to rest position, to do so, connect connector to Windshield Wiper
Motor V and operate windshield wiper switch briefly to do so.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 162 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  Hood (Front Hood Switch F266) must be closed to activate windshield
wiper functions.

 Install wiper frame with linkage and Windshield Wiper Motor V in reverse order of removal.
 Tighten hex socket head bolts M6 for wiper frame with linkage to specified tightening torque -->
Tightening Torques: Windshield wiper and washer system.

NOTE:  If Control Module for wiper motor J400 or Windshield Wiper Motor V is
replaced, Control Module for wiper motor J400 must be coded.

Plenum chamber cover, installing

 Install plenum chamber cover in reverse sequence.

Wiper arms, installing

 Place wiper arms for drivers side and passengers side on their shafts.
 Screw mounting nut loosely onto wiper arm shaft of drivers side.

Fig. 227: Identifying Wiper Arm Axle & Wiper Arm


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Install disc - 1 - on wiper arm shaft.


 Insert cone - 3 - into wiper arm - 2 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 163 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 228: Identifying Wiper Arm Axle & Shaft Mounting Nuts
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Screw mounting nut - 2 - loosely onto wiper arm shaft of passengers side.

NOTE:  Mounting nut - 2 - of wiper arm shaft must only be tightened after
adjusting windshield wiper blade end position.

 Thread on mounting nut - 1 - for wiper arm axle of passengers side.


 Tighten mounting nut - 1 - of wiper arm axle of passengers side to specified tightening torque -->
Tightening Torques: Windshield wiper and washer system.
 Adjust windshield wiper blade park position --> Park position of windshield wiper blades, adjusting.

Wiper arms, removing and installing

Removing:

Removing wiper arm on drivers side.

Removing wiper arm on passengers side.

Installing:

Installing wiper arms.

Park position of windshield wiper blades, adjusting

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 164 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 229: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Fig. 230: Identifying Wiper Blade (Drivers Side)


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Driver side:

The distance - A - between wiper blade and lower edge of windshield must be 44 mm.

The distance - B - between wiper blade and lower edge of windshield must be 12 mm.

 If necessary, adjust the park position by repositioning the wiper arm.


 Tighten drivers side wiper arm mounting nut to specified tightening torque --> Tightening Torques:
Windshield wiper and washer system.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 165 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 231: Identifying Wiper Blade (Passenger Side)


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Passenger side:

The distance - A - between wiper blade and lower edge of windshield must be 12 mm.

The distance - B - between wiper blade and lower edge of windshield must be 9 mm.

 Adjust the rest position by loosening the cone and shifting the wiper arm, if necessary.
 Tighten mounting nut for passengers side wiper arm to specified tightening torque --> Tightening
Torques: Windshield wiper and washer system.

Aero wipers, removing and installing

Removing:

NOTE:  Right and left wiper blades may not be interchanged during installation.
 Aero-wipers are very flexible. Grasp wiper blades only in area of wiper
blade mount to lift them off front windshield.

 Move the wiper into park position.


 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Fold up wiper arm.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 166 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 232: Removing Aero Windshield Wipers


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Turn wiper blade - 1 - on wiper arm until it reaches stop - arrow A -.


 Pull off wiper blade - 1 - from wiper arm axle - arrow B -.

Installing:

 Slide wiper blade onto axle of wiper arm.


 Turn wiper blade on wiper arm axle until it reaches stop.
 Carefully fold wiper arm back onto windshield.

Rain Sensor G213 and Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 , removing and installing

NOTE:  Removing and installing Rain Sensor G213 and Rain/Light Recognition
Sensor G397 is identical.
 Depending on vehicle equipment (windshield tint), different sensors are
installed .

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove interior mirror --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 167 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 233: Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 And Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connector - 1 - from Rain Sensor G213 or Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 - 2 -.

Fig. 234: Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 And Retaining Plate


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Using e.g. a screwdriver, pry Rain Sensor G213 or Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 - 1 - out of
bracket - 2 -.

NOTE:  When removing, make sure to pry off complete Rain Sensor G213 or
Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 and not only the upper casing of Rain
Sensor G213 or of Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  Always clean windshield surface inside bracket for Rain Sensor G213 or
Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 before installing.
 Surface (connecting pads) of Rain Sensor G213 or Rain/Light Recognition
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 168 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Sensor G397 must not be soiled when installing.


 If the surface (connecting pads) of Rain Sensor G213 or Rain/Light
Recognition Sensor G397 is soiled, it may be possible to clean it by
"applying" and then "removing" one or more adhesive strips.
 After installing Rain Sensor G213 or Rain/Light Recognition Sensor G397 ,
there must be no air bubbles between windshield and surface (connecting
pads).

Control Module for wiper motor J400

Control Module for wiper motor J400 , removing and installing

Wiper Motor Control Module J400 is integrated with Wiper Motor V and cannot be replaced separately.

 Wiper Motor V , removing and installing --> Front windshield wiper system, removing and installing.

NOTE:  If Control Module for wiper motor J400 or Windshield Wiper Motor V is
replaced, Control Module for wiper motor J400 must be coded.

Control Module for wiper motor J400 , coding

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Wiper electronics

 Functions of wiper electronics


 Control Module for wiper motor, coding

Control Module for wiper motor J400 , output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 169 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Wiper electronics

 Functions of wiper electronics


 Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of wiper electronics

WINDSHIELD WASHER SYSTEM

Windshield washer system

NOTE:  Front windshield washer system function can be checked via Vehicle
Electrical System Control Module J519 Output Diagnostic Test Mode.
 Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

Owners Manual

--> 01 - MAINTENANCE

DTC recognition and display:

Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists in
troubleshooting.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Front windshield washer system - assembly overview

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 170 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 235: Front Windshield Washer System - Assembly Overview


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Windshield washer system reservoir filler tube

 Removing and installing filler tube.

2 - Y-piece

 Divides washer fluid line to washer nozzles of front windshield washer system

3 - Angle coupling

 Connection to right washer nozzle


 Washer hose couplings, overview --> Washer Hose Couplings

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 171 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

4 - Right washer nozzle

 Depending on equipment, with Right Washer Nozzle Heater Z21


 Only height adjustable --> Washer nozzles for front windshield washer system, adjusting
 Removing and installing --> Washer nozzles for front windshield washer system, removing and
installing

5 - Hose

 Hose repair --> Washer hoses, repairing

6 - Angle coupling

 Connection to left washer nozzle


 Washer hose couplings, overview --> Washer Hose Couplings

7 - Left washer nozzle

 Depending on equipment, with Left Washer Nozzle Heater Z20


 Only height adjustable --> Washer nozzles for front windshield washer system, adjusting
 Removing and installing --> Washer nozzles for front windshield washer system, removing and
installing

8 - Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59

 Removing and installing --> Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59 , removing and
installing
 Checking

9 - Angle coupling

 Connection to front and rear window washer pumps


 Washer hose couplings, overview --> Washer Hose Couplings

10 - Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor G33

 Removing and installing --> Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor G33 , removing and installing

11 - Washer fluid reservoir

 Removing and installing --> Washer fluid reservoir, removing and installing

Washer fluid reservoir, removing and installing

Tank for windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system is in two parts.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 172 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Tank for windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system, removing and installing.

Filler tube for tank for windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system, removing and installing.

Washer fluid reservoir, removing and installing

NOTE:  In order to prevent interchanging washer fluid line connections at


Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59 , connections at pump
and hose lines are color-coded. Hose connector pieces must be connected
to the corresponding colored pump connections during installation.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove front right wheel housing liner. --> 66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Fig. 236: Removing/Installing Wheel Housing Tank Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - 2 - for tank - 1 - in wheel housing.

Fig. 237: Remove/Install Electrical Multi-Pin Harness Connector Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 173 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Disconnect electrical multi-pin harness connector - 1 - of Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump
V59.

Fig. 238: Removing/Installing Windshield & Headlamp Washer System Reservoir Components
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove windshield and headlamp washer system reservoir - 1 - back - arrow - from filler tube - 2 -.
 Place tank - 1 - on front tire.

Fig. 239: Removing/Installing Hose From Tank & Disconnecting It From Headlamp Washer Pump
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Unclip hose - 1 - from tank - arrows - and disconnect it from Headlamp Washer Pump V11 - 2 -.
 Drain windshield and headlamp washer system reservoir and collect fluid.
 Disconnect multi-pin harness connector at Headlamp Washer Pump V11 - 2 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 174 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 240: Removing/Installing multi-pin harness connector Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect multi-pin harness connectors at Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor G33 - 1 - and at
Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59 - 2 -.
 Release and disconnect angle connecting pieces - 3 - and - 4 - from Windshield and Rear Window
Washer Pump V59 - 2 -.
 Remove windshield and headlamp washer system reservoir from wheel housing.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Angled connecting pieces - 3 - and - 4 - are color-coded and must be allocated to the corresponding color
connections of Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59 when installing.
 Bleed headlamp washer system after completing assembly work --> Headlamp washer system,
ventilating.

Filler tube for tank for windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system, removing and installing

Removing:

Fig. 241: Identifying Filler Tube


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 175 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Before filler tube - 1 - of tank can be removed, front right fender must be removed --> 50 - BODY -
FRONT .
 Remove mounting bolt - arrow - for filler tube - 1 -.
 Turn filler tube - 1 - upward and remove it forward out of windshield and headlamp washer system
reservoir.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59 , removing and installing

The Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59 is installed on windshield washer and headlamp cleaning
system tank in right wheel housing.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove tank for windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system.

Fig. 242: Identifying Rear Window Washer Pump


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59 - 1 - from tank - arrow -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Bleed headlamp washer system after completing assembly work --> Headlamp washer system,
ventilating.

Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor G33 , removing and installing


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 176 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove tank for windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system --> Washer fluid reservoir,
removing and installing.

Fig. 243: Removing/Installing multi-pin harness connector Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connector - 1 - and pull Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor G33 out of its rubber
seal.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Bleed headlamp washer system after completing assembly work --> Headlamp washer system,
ventilating.

Washer nozzles for front windshield washer system, removing and installing

CAUTION: Do not use solid objects to clean the washer nozzles!

NOTE:  Washer nozzles are pre-adjusted and can only be adjusted in height.
 In the event contamination in washer nozzle produces an uneven spray
pattern, remove washer nozzle and rinse it with water in the opposite
direction of spray. It is permissible to further blow through in opposite
direction of spray with compressed air.

Removing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 177 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 244: View Of Washer Nozzles For Front Windshield Washer System
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 To remove washer nozzle, press jet to the side from left and remove toward front out of hood.
 Disconnect hose and harness connector for Left Washer Nozzle Heater Z20 and Right Washer Nozzle
Heater Z21 from washer nozzle.

Installing:

 To install, connect hose and harness connector for Left Washer Nozzle Heater Z20 or for Right Washer
Nozzle Heater Z21.
 Insert wash into installation opening and let it engage.
 Check and adjust washer jets --> Washer nozzles for front windshield washer system, adjusting.

Washer nozzles for front windshield washer system, adjusting

CAUTION:  Danger of damage.


 Washer nozzle may be damaged.
 Do not use solid objects to clean the washer nozzles!

NOTE:  In the event contamination in washer nozzle produces an uneven spray


pattern, remove washer nozzle and rinse it with water in the opposite
direction of spray. It is permissible to further blow through in opposite
direction of spray with compressed air. Do not use solid objects to clean
the washer nozzles!

Adjusting washer nozzles for front windshield washer system --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

REAR WINDOW WIPER SYSTEM

Rear window wiper system

CAUTION: When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always perform the work
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 178 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

procedure as described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.


Not adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system components.

NOTE:  The function of rear window wiper and washer system can be checked via
Comfort System Central Control Module J393 output Diagnostic Test Mode
(DTM).
 Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

DTC recognition and display:

Comfort System Central Control Module J393 is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists
troubleshooting.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Rear window wiper, removing and installing

Rear window wiper arm, removing and installing

NOTE:  Rear window must remain closed when removing and installing.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 245: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Removing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 179 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Move the wiper into park position.

NOTE:  Vehicles through 01/05 and from 02/05 have a different cover cap - 1 - over
the wiper arm mounting nut.

Vehicles through 01/05:

Fig. 246: Identifying Rear Window Wiper Cover Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Unclip rear window wiper cover cap - 1 - downward - arrow -.

Vehicles from 02/05:

Fig. 247: Pressing Cover Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press cover cap - 1 - up until it releases - arrow -.

Continuation for all vehicles:

 Remove cover cap - 1 - straight back from rear window wiper arm.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 180 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 248: Identifying Hex Nut & Wiper Arm


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Loosen hex nut - arrows - but do not remove it completely.


 Fold wiper arm up - 2 - and loosen it from cone using sideways motions.
 Remove hex nut - 1 - completely and pull wiper arm - 2 - off wiper arm shaft.

Installing:

 Install wiper arm in reverse order of removal and set the rear window wiper rest position --> Rear
window wiper blade park position, adjusting.

Motor for rear window wiper V12 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always perform the work
procedure as described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.
Not adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system components.

NOTE:  Rear window must remain closed when removing and installing.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:23 AM Page 181 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 249: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Removing:

 Remove wiper arm.


 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.
 Remove lower trim for tailgate --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Fig. 250: Removing/Installing Rear Window Wiper Motor Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - 1 - from Rear Window Wiper Motor V12 - 3 -.


 Remove nuts - 2 -.
 Remove Motor for rear window wiper V12 - 3 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 182 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 251: Identifying Drive Pin & Control Disc


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Motor for rear window wiper V12 must be aligned during installation so that drive pin - 1 - of eccentric lever
engages in hole - arrow - of control disc.

NOTE:  If the position of drive pin - 1 - on eccentric lever does not line up to
control disc on Rear Window Wiper Motor V12 - 2 - - arrow - , turn wiper
arm shaft from outside. Do not twist control disc of Rear Window Wiper
Motor V12 - 2 - under any circumstances.

Fig. 252: Removing/Installing Rear Window Wiper Motor


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Place the Motor for rear window wiper V12 - 2 - on rear lid so that drive pin of eccentric engages in
control disc on Motor for rear window wiper V12 - 2 -.
 Center Motor for rear window wiper V12 - 2 - to window module - arrow - using a suitable centering
drift with 5 mm diameter.

NOTE:  As a centering drift, e.g. a commercially available drill with a diameter of 5


mm and a length of at least 75 mm can be used. When using a drill, there
must be no burrs on the shaft.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 183 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 253: Removing/Installing Rear Window Wiper Motor


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Bolt Motor for rear window wiper V12 - 2 - with hex nuts - 1 - to the rear lid.
 Tighten hex nuts - 1 - to specified tightening torque --> Tightening Torques: Windshield wiper and
washer system.
 Install lower trim for tailgate --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .
 Install wiper arm.

Rear window wiper blade park position, adjusting

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 254: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

 Let wiper run to rest position.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 184 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 255: Checking Distance Between Wiper Blade And Lower Edge Of Windshield
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

The distance - a - between wiper blade and lower edge of windshield must be 55 mm.

 If necessary, adjust the park position by repositioning the wiper arm.

Fig. 256: Identifying Hex Nut & Wiper Arm


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Tighten mounting nut - 1 - to specified tightening torque --> Tightening Torques: Windshield wiper
and washer system.

Aero wipers, removing and installing

Removing:

 Move the wiper into park position.


 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Fold the wiper arm upward, holding the wiper blade where it is connected to the wiper arm.

Thereby, any unwanted bending of the wiper arm and blade is prevented.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 185 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Release slider on wiper blade and fold up wiper blade until it reaches stop.
 Pull off the wiper blade.

Installing:

Fig. 257: Identifying Wiper Blade & Axis On Wiper Arm


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Slide wiper blade - 1 - on axis on wiper arm - arrow A -.


 Fold back wiper blade - arrow B - , lock slider on wiper blade and carefully fold wiper arm back on to
rear windshield.

REAR WINDOW WASHER SYSTEM

Rear window washer system

NOTE:  The function of rear window wiper and washer system can be checked via
Comfort System Central Control Module J393 output Diagnostic Test Mode
(DTM).
 Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

DTC recognition and display:

Comfort System Central Control Module J393 is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists
troubleshooting.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Rear window washer system, assembly overview

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 186 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 258: Identifying Rear Window Washer System


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Coupling

 Separating point between engine compartment wiring harness and roof wiring harness
 Washer hose couplings, overview --> Washer Hose Couplings

2 - Coupling

 Separating point between roof wiring harness and rear lid wiring harness
 Washer hose couplings, overview --> Washer Hose Couplings

3 - Angle coupling

 Connection to washer nozzle of rear window washer system


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 187 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Washer hose couplings, overview --> Washer Hose Couplings

4 - Washer nozzle of rear window washer system

 Washer nozzles, replacing --> Washer nozzle, replacing

5 - Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59

 Removing and installing --> Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59 , removing and
installing
 Checking

6 - Hose

 Hose repair --> Washer hoses, repairing

7 - Angle coupling

 Connection to front and rear window washer pumps


 Washer hose couplings, overview --> Washer Hose Couplings

8 - Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor G33

 Removing and installing --> Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor G33 , removing and installing

9 - Washer fluid reservoir

 Removing and installing --> Washer fluid reservoir, removing and installing

Washer nozzle, replacing

Washer nozzle is a component of High-mount Brake Light M25 and cannot be replaced separately. If washer
nozzle must be replaced, High-mount Brake Light M25 must also be replaced.

 High-mount Brake Light M25 , removing and installing --> High-mount Brake Light M25 , removing
and installing.

Adjusting washer nozzle

Washer nozzle is a component of High-mount Brake Light M25 and cannot be adjusted.

NOTE:  If wash sprays unevenly or does not spray the wiper area, replace High-
mount Brake Light M25 with wash (repair measure).

 High-mount Brake Light M25 , removing and installing --> High-mount Brake Light M25 , removing

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 188 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

and installing.

HEADLAMP CLEANING SYSTEM

Headlamp cleaning system

NOTE:  Headlamp cleaning system function can be checked via output Diagnostic
Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519.
 Activation time period and delay time up to activation of Headlamp Washer
Pump V11 can be adjusted.
 Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

Owners Manual

General Description:

After switching the ignition on, headlamp lenses are also cleaned on first operation and then on every fifth
operation of windshield wiper lever. To do this, windshield wiper lever must be pulled toward steering wheel
for a minimum of 0.5 seconds with low-beam or high-beam headlamps switched on.

After assembly work or when first operating headlamp cleaning system, it must be ventilated to ensure proper
function --> Headlamp washer system, ventilating.

DTC recognition and display:

Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists in
troubleshooting.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Headlamp washer system, component overview

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 189 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 259: Headlamp Washer System, Component Overview


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Headlamp Washer Pump V11

 Removing and installing --> Headlamp Washer Pump V11 , removing and installing
 Checking
 Adjusting activation time and delay time up to activation

2 - Angle coupling

 Connection to Headlamp Washer Pump


 Washer hose couplings, overview --> Washer Hose Couplings

3 - Lift cylinder for left wash

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 190 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Washer jet telescopic cylinder, removing and installing --> Lift cylinder for washer jets, removing and
installing
 Removing and installing wash holder --> Washer nozzle holder, removing and installing
 Adjusting wash --> Washer nozzles for headlamp cleaning system, adjusting

4 - Connecting piece

 Connection to lift cylinder for left washer nozzle


 Washer hose couplings, overview --> Washer Hose Couplings

5 - Hose

 S 10 x 3 mm

6 - Lift cylinder for right wash

 Washer jet telescopic cylinder, removing and installing --> Lift cylinder for washer jets, removing and
installing
 Removing and installing wash holder --> Washer nozzle holder, removing and installing
 Adjusting wash --> Washer nozzles for headlamp cleaning system, adjusting

7 - Angle coupling

 Connection to lift cylinder for right washer nozzle


 Washer hose couplings, overview --> Washer Hose Couplings

8 - Y-piece

 Divides washer fluid line to washer nozzle lift cylinders

9 - Filler tube for tank for windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system

 Removing and installing

10 - Washer fluid reservoir

 Removing and installing --> Washer fluid reservoir, removing and installing

Headlamp Washer Pump V11 , removing and installing

Headlamp Washer Pump V11 is installed at windshield washer fluid reservoir and headlamp cleaning system in
right wheel housing.

Removing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 191 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove tank for windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system.

Fig. 260: Removing/Installing Headlamp Washer Pump Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connector - 1 - at Headlamp Washer Pump V11 - 2 -.


 Turn Headlamp Washer Pump V11 - 2 - in tank so that hose connection of Headlamp Washer Pump V11
points upward.
 Remove Headlamp Washer Pump V11 - 2 - from tank - arrow -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Bleed headlamp washer system after completing assembly work --> Headlamp washer system,
ventilating.

Lift cylinder for washer jets, removing and installing

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove front bumper cover --> 63 - BUMPERS .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 192 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 261: Pulling Out Wash Until It Reaches Stop And Uncliping Cover Cap From Pins
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pull out wash until it reaches stop and unclip cover cap - 1 - from pins - arrows -.

Fig. 262: Removing/Installing Mounting Bolts Of Lift Cylinder And Remove Lift Cylinder From Pins
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - 2 - of lift cylinder - 3 - and remove lift cylinder from pins - 1 - - arrows -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 193 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 263: Connecting/Disconnecting Washer Hose Coupling (Headlight Cleaning System)


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 To loosen hose connection, press securing clip - 1 - - arrow - and disconnect hose connection.
 Remove lift cylinder.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Bleed headlamp washer system after completing assembly work --> Headlamp washer system,
ventilating.

Washer nozzle holder, removing and installing

NOTE:  Washer nozzle holder can also be removed and installed with bumper
installed.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 194 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 264: Pulling Out Wash Until It Reaches Stop And Uncliping Cover Cap From Pins
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pull out wash until it reaches stop and unclip cover cap - 1 - from pins - arrows -.

Fig. 265: Identifying Securing Clip


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Lift securing clip - arrow - slightly with a small screwdriver.


 Pull out washer nozzle bracket.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Bleed headlamp washer system after completing assembly work --> Headlamp washer system,
ventilating.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 195 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Washer nozzles for headlamp cleaning system, adjusting

 Washer nozzles for headlamp cleaning system, adjusting --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Headlamp washer system, ventilating

After assembly work or when first operating, headlamp cleaning system must be ventilated to ensure proper
function.

 Fill tank for window washer system and headlamp cleaning system.
 Start the engine.
 Switch headlamps to "ON".
 Operate headlamp cleaning system several times (3-5 impulses for every 3 second period).

 If necessary, repeat this ventilation procedure until proper function of lift cylinders and washer nozzles is
obtained.

WASHER HOSE COUPLINGS

Washer Hose Couplings

All instructions and information on this article can be found in the ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT -
GENERAL INFORMATION .

WASHER HOSES, REPAIRING

Washer hoses, repairing

All instructions and information on this article can be found in the ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT -
GENERAL INFORMATION .

TIGHTENING TORQUES: WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM

Tightening Torques: Windshield wiper and washer system

Fasteners Tightening torques


Windshield Wiper Motor V to 7 Nm
wiper frame
Crank to wiper motor shaft 20 Nm
Wiper frame with linkage to body M6 10 Nm
Wiper arm axle, passengers side 15 Nm
Drivers side wiper arm 32 Nm
Wiper arm, passenger side 32 Nm
Rear window wiper arm 12 Nm
Motor for rear window wiper V12 7 Nm
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 196 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

to rear lid

94 - LIGHTS, SWITCHES - EXTERIOR


MAIN HEADLAMPS

Main headlamps

NOTE:  Always switch off headlamps and remove ignition key before working on
headlamps.
 Familiarity with the function and operation of the lighting system is
essential in the event of customer complaints.
 Additional information:

Owners Manual

--> Self Study Program

DTC recognition and display:

Vehicle electrical system control is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists troubleshooting
of main headlamps.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Headlamps - assembly overview

NOTE:  After performing work which affects headlamp adjustment, check


headlamp adjustment and adjust headlamps if necessary. --> 01 -
MAINTENANCE .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 197 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 266: Headlamps - Assembly Overview


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

- Tightening torques --> Tightening Torques: Headlamp

1 - Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam Adjusting Motor V49

 Removing and installing --> Automatic headlamp range control adjusting motor, removing and
installing

2 - Screws

 For Left Headlamp Beam Adjusting Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam Adjusting Motor V49

3 - Cover

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 198 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

4 - Left Low Beam Headlamp M29 and Right Low Beam Headlamp M31

 Lamp H7LL 12 V, 55 W
 Replacing
 Checking

5 - Left High Beam Headlamp M30 and Right High Beam Headlamp M32

 Lamp H9 12 V, 65 W
 Replacing
 Checking

6 - Cover

7 - Cover

8 - Lamp socket with grip piece

 For Left Front Turn Signal Light M5 and Right Front Turn Signal Light M7

9 - Left Parking Lamp M1 and Right Parking Lamp M3

 Lamp 12 V, W 5 W LL (for RoW models)


 Lamp 12 V, WY 5 W (for North American models, colored orange)
 Replacing
 Checking

10 - Left Front Turn Signal Lamp M5 and Right Front Turn Signal Lamp M7

 Lamp 12 V, PY 21 W Diadem
 Replacing
 Checking

11 - Headlamp

 Removing and installing --> Headlamps, removing and installing


 Headlamp position, correcting --> Headlamp installation position, correcting
 Perform basic setting of headlamp --> 01 - MAINTENANCE

12 - Adjustment bushing

 Headlamp position, correcting --> Headlamp installation position, correcting

13 - Screws
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 199 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 For front headlamp mount

14 - Headlamp mount

 Removing and installing left headlamp mount, vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine
 Removing and installing left headlamp mount, vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection
engine
 Removing and installing right headlamp mount, vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine
 Removing and installing right headlamp mount, vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection
engine

15 - Securing clip

16 - Locking bolt

17 - Bushing

18 - Screws

 For rear headlamp mount

19 - Connector

20 - Securing clip

21 - Adjusting shaft for high beam lateral adjustment

22 - Adjusting shaft for dip and high beam height adjustment

23 - Screws

 For adjusting shafts

Headlamps, removing and installing

NOTE:  It is not necessary to disconnect battery.


 Illustrations depict removal and installation of left headlamp.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Press against headlamp.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 200 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 267: Turning Locking Bolt In Direction Of Arrow Open (Sticker)


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Turn locking bolt - arrow - in - direction of arrow Open (sticker) - until resistance is felt.

NOTE:  Do not use force to turn bolt further, otherwise the locking mechanism will
be destroyed.

Headlamp is pushed toward front.

 Pull headlamp out of opening on body until resistance is felt.

Fig. 268: Identifying Locking Clip


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Hold locking clip - 1 - pressed - arrow - and remove headlamp from opening on body.

Installing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 201 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 269: Identifying Guides


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  Guides - arrows - must be free of dirt.

 Check connector - 1 - in headlamp mount for proper fitting before inserting headlamp into guides.
 Set headlamp into guides - arrows -.
 Slide headlamp into opening on body.

NOTE:  A significant "clicking" must be audible. Securing clip engages.

Fig. 270: Turning Locking Bolt In Direction Of Arrow Open (Sticker)


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Turn locking bolt - arrow - in - direction of arrow Close (sticker) - until resistance is felt.
 Press lightly against headlamp and turn further in - direction of Close arrow (sticker) -.

Securing bracket must engage audibly.

NOTE:  Do not use force to turn bolt further, otherwise the locking mechanism will
be destroyed.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 202 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Check installation position of headlamp for uniform gap dimensions.

If the gaps are uneven in relation to body, headlamp position must be corrected --> Headlamp installation
position, correcting.

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Headlamp mount, removing and installing

Removing and installing left headlamp mount, vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine.

Removing and installing left headlamp mount, vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection
engine.

Removing and installing right headlamp mount, vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine.

Removing and installing right headlamp mount, vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection
engine.

Left headlamp mount - vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine, removing and installing

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 271: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.
 Move the lock carrier to the service position --> 50 - BODY - FRONT .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 203 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 272: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screws - arrows -.

Fig. 273: Identifying Headlamp Mount Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - arrow - , at rear side of headlamp mount.

Fig. 274: Identifying Line Guides


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 204 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Loosen line - 1 - out of line guides - arrows - and press it downward.

Fig. 275: Removing/Installing Headlamp Mount Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screws - arrows -.


 Remove headlamp mount.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

Fig. 276: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Tighten mounting bolts - arrows - on front headlamp mount to specified tightening torque -->
Tightening Torques: Headlamp.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 205 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 277: Removing/Installing Headlamp Mount Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Tighten mounting bolts - arrows - on rear of headlamp mount to specified tightening torque -->
Tightening Torques: Headlamp.
 Check installation position of headlamp for uniform gap dimensions.

If the gaps are uneven in relation to body, headlamp position must be corrected --> Headlamp installation
position, correcting.

 Check headlamp for function.

NOTE:  If headlamp mount is removed, headlamp must always be adjusted after


installation.

 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Left headlamp mount - vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection engine, removing and installing

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 278: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 206 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.
 Move the lock carrier to the service position --> 50 - BODY - FRONT .

Fig. 279: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screws - arrows -.

Vehicles with diesel engine:

 Remove left air filter housing --> 23 - DIESEL FUEL INJECTION .

Vehicles with fuel injection engine:

 Remove left air filter housing -->


 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
.

Continued for all vehicles:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 207 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 280: Identifying Headlamp Mount Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - arrow - , at rear side of headlamp mount.

Fig. 281: Identifying Line Guides


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Loosen line - 1 - out of line guides - arrows - and press it downward.

Fig. 282: Removing/Installing Headlamp Mount Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 208 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove screws - arrows -.


 Remove headlamp mount.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

Fig. 283: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Tighten mounting bolts - arrows - on front headlamp mount to specified tightening torque -->
Tightening Torques: Headlamp.

Fig. 284: Removing/Installing Headlamp Mount Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Tighten mounting bolts - arrows - on rear of headlamp mount to specified tightening torque -->
Tightening Torques: Headlamp.
 Check installation position of headlamp for uniform gap dimensions.

If the gaps are uneven in relation to body, headlamp position must be corrected --> Headlamp installation
position, correcting.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 209 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Check headlamp for function.

NOTE:  If headlamp mount is removed, headlamp must always be adjusted after


installation.

 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Right headlamp mount - vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine, removing and installing

Headlamp mount and attachments are arranged symmetrically on the left side.

Removing and installing right headlamp mount for vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine is performed as for
removing and installing left headlamp mount for vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine, note the following
when doing so:

Removing:

 Remove air filter housing -->


 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 3.2L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BAA, BMX
 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 3.6L V6 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL, FUEL
INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODES: BHL, BHK
 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 4.2 LITER V8 4V ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): BAR
 24 - MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) for 4.2 LITER V8 5V ENGINE MECHANICAL,
FUEL INJECTION IGNITION, ENGINE CODE(S): AXQ, BHX
.

Removing and installing left headlamp mount, vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine.

Right headlamp mount - vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection engine, removing and installing

Headlamp mount and attachments are arranged symmetrically on the left side.

Removing and installing right headlamp mount for vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI-engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection
engine is performed as for removing and installing left headlamp mount for vehicles with 10-cyl.TDI-engine
and 8-cyl. fuel injection engine.

Headlamp installation position, correcting

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 210 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 285: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

NOTE:  Illustrations depict left headlamp.

If during the check of the final installation position it is established that headlamp gaps are uneven with the
body, correct installation position as follows:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove front bumper cover --> 63 - BUMPERS .

Fig. 286: Identifying Mounting Bolts & Bumper Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - for guide profile of bumper cover - 1 -.


 Remove guide profile of bumper cover - 1 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 211 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 287: Identifying Front Mounting bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Loosen the two front mounting bolts - arrows - far enough until headlamp mount with headlamp can be
moved back and forth lightly in adjustment bushings.

Fig. 288: Identifying Adjustment Bushing


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Adjust the gap dimension by turning the adjustment bushing - arrow - in or out.
 Tighten mounting bolts on front headlamp mount to specified tightening torque --> Tightening Torques:
Headlamp.
 Check and, if necessary, correct headlamp position again for uniform gap dimension.
 Install guide profile of bumper cover.

 Install front bumper cover: Bumper cover, > 10.2006 --> 63 - BUMPERS or Bumper cover, 11.2006 > --
> 63 - BUMPERS
 Check headlamp for function.

NOTE:  If a headlamp is adapted to the body, headlamp must always be adjusted


after installing or after adapting.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 212 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Main headlamps, replacing

Replacing low-beam lamp

NOTE:  Left Low Beam Headlamp M29 and Right Low Beam Headlamp M31 can be
checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module J519.
 Illustrations depict replacement of Low Beam Headlamp Lamp at left
Headlamp.
 Replacement of Left Low Beam Headlamp M29 and Right Low Beam
Headlamp M31 is performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Fig. 289: Identifying Wire Bracket & Cover Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press wire bracket - 1 - to the side in - direction of arrow - and remove cover cap - 2 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 213 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 290: Separating Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Separate the connector - arrow -.

Fig. 291: Compressing & Releasing Spring Clip


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Compress and release the spring clip - arrow -.


 Carefully remove Low Beam Lamp.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing cap, ensure proper seating. Water intrusion will damage
headlamp.
 Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the light is switched on,
will evaporate and cloud the glass.

 Insert Low Beam Lamp so that retaining tabs lie in cut-out in reflector.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 214 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Replacing High Beam Headlamp

NOTE:  Left High Beam Headlamp M30 and Right High Beam Headlamp M32 can
be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module J519.
 Illustrations depict replacement of High Beam Headlamp Lamp at left
Headlamp.
 Procedure to replace Left High Beam Headlamp M30 and Right High Beam
Headlamp M32 is the same.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Fig. 292: Identifying Headlamp Housing Cover Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove cover cap - arrow - at headlamp housing.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 215 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 293: Removing/Installing Connector By Pressing Retaining Tab


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - 1 - and by doing so press retaining tab in - direction of arrow -.

Fig. 294: Rotating Lamp Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Turn lamp socket in - direction of arrow - and remove it from headlamp.

NOTE:  The lamp for fog light is joined permanently to lamp socket and cannot be
replaced separately.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing cap, ensure proper seating. Water intrusion will damage
headlamp.
 Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the light is switched on,
will evaporate and cloud the glass.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 216 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Replacing parking light

NOTE:  Function of Left Parking Lamp M1 and Right Parking Lamp M3 can be
checked using Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module J519.
 Illustrations depict replacement of parking light at left headlamp.
 Replacement of Left Parking Lamp M1 and Right Parking Lamp M3 is
performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Fig. 295: Removing/Installing Headlamp Housing Cover Camp


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove cover cap - arrow - at headlamp housing.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 217 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 296: Pressing Two Retaining Tabs Inward & Removing Socket With Parking Light
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press two retaining tabs inward - arrows - and remove socket with Parking Light.
 Remove Parking Light from socket.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing cap, ensure proper seating. Water intrusion will damage
headlamp.
 Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the light is switched on,
will evaporate and cloud the glass.

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Replacing Front Turn Signal Light

NOTE:  Left Front Turn Signal Lamp M5 and Right Front Turn Signal Lamp M7 can
be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module J519.
 Illustrations depict replacement of Front Turn Signal Light at left
headlamp.
 Replacement of Left Front Turn Signal Lamp M5 and Right Front Turn
Signal Lamp M7 is performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 218 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 297: Removing/Installing Headlamp Housing Cover Camp


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove cover cap - arrow - at headlamp housing.

Fig. 298: Removing/Installing Front Turn Signal Light Harness Connectors


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - arrows - at holder of Front Turn Signal Light.

Fig. 299: Turning Socket Of Front Turn Signal Light


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 219 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Turn socket of Front Turn Signal Light in - direction of arrow -.


 Remove socket with Front Turn Signal Light from reflector.
 Press Front Turn Signal Light into socket and turn Front Turn Signal Light toward left.
 Remove Front Turn Signal Light from socket.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing cap, ensure proper seating. Water intrusion will damage
headlamp.
 Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the light is switched on,
will evaporate and cloud the glass.

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Automatic headlamp range control adjusting motor, removing and installing

NOTE:  If adjustment motors are removed and installed or replaced, headlamp


adjustment must be checked and headlamp must be adjusted if necessary
--> 01 - MAINTENANCE .
 Illustrations depict replacement of Headlamp beam adjusting motor at left
Headlamp.
 Replacement of Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and of Right
Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V49 is performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 220 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 300: Removing Screw & Adjusting Shaft For Low & High Beam
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screw - 1 - and press adjusting shaft for low beam and high beam height adjustment - 2 - in -
direction of arrow - out of guide.
 Pull adjusting shaft for low beam and high beam height adjustment - 2 - out of headlamp housing.

Fig. 301: Identifying Wire Bracket & Cover Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press wire bracket - 1 - to the side in - direction of arrow - and remove cover cap - 2 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 221 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 302: Removing/Installing Motor, Screw & Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - 3 -.
 Remove screws - 1 -.
 Press the adjusting motor - 2 - in - direction of arrow - in order to pull out adjusting axle ball head
laterally out of ball head mount at reflector.
 Remove adjusting motor - 2 - from headlamp housing.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing cap, ensure proper seating. Water intrusion will damage
headlamp.

Fig. 303: Inserting Adjusting Axle Of Adjusting Motor Carefully Into Ball Head Guide
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Insert adjusting axle of adjusting motor - 1 - carefully into ball head guide - arrow -.
 Check headlamp for function.
 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Adjusting headlamps

 Adjust headlamps --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

MAIN HEADLAMPS WITH GAS-DISCHARGE LAMPS

Main headlamps with gas-discharge lamps

CAUTION: Note usage and safety notes for gas discharge headlamps

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 222 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  Always switch off headlamps with gas-discharge lamps and remove
ignition key before working on headlamps.
 Automatic vertical headlamp aim control of headlamps with gas-discharge
lamps has On Board Diagnostics (OBD).
 Familiarity with the function and operation of the lighting system is
essential in the event of customer complaints.
 Additional information:

Owners Manual

--> Self Study Program

--> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations

General Description:

Main headlamps with gas-discharge lamps have "Bi-Xenon" function.

HID lamps only generate low beams in standard "Xenon" headlamps. "Bi-Xenon" allows "one" HID lamp to
generate low beams and high beams. For this purpose, an electro-mechanical adjuster (Left Headlamp Reflector
Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N396) opens the dimmed
region of low beam Headlamp when high beam function is operated and a high beam light emission results.

For this reason, the high beam is also adjusted automatically with the low beam on "Bi-Xenon" headlamps. If
"auxiliary high beam headlamp" is installed, it can be adjusted separately.

Low beam headlamp is generated by one light source:

 Left High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L13 ("Bi-Xenon") and Right High Intensity Gas
Discharge (HID) Lamp L14 ("Bi-Xenon")

High beam headlamp is generated by one light source:

 Left High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L13 ("Bi-Xenon") and Right High Intensity Gas
Discharge (HID) Lamp L14 ("Bi-Xenon")

High beam headlamp (flasher with ignition switched off) is generated by one light source:

 Left High Beam Headlamp M30 and Right High Beam Headlamp M32 ("auxiliary high beam headlamp")

DTC recognition and display:

Automatic headlamp range control and vehicle electrical system control are equipped with On Board Diagnostic
(OBD) which assists troubleshooting of headlamps with gas-discharge lamps.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 223 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Gas-discharge headlamps - assembly overview

NOTE:  After performing work which can affect headlamp adjustment, check
adjustment and correct headlamps if necessary. --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Fig. 304: Gas-Discharge Headlamps - Assembly Overview


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

- Tightening torques --> Tightening Torques: Headlamp

1 - Wiring

 Between High intensity gas discharge lamp L13 and High intensity discharge lamp L14 and Left
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 224 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Headlamp Range Control Module J567 and Right Headlamp Range Control Module J568

2 - Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam Adjusting Motor V49

 Removing and installing --> Automatic headlamp range control adjusting motor, removing and
installing

3 - Screws

 For Left Headlamp Beam Adjusting Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam Adjusting Motor V49

4 - Cover

5 - High intensity gas discharge lamp L13 and High intensity discharge lamp L14 ("Bi-Xenon")

CAUTION: Note usage and safety notes for gas discharge headlamps

 Type D1S, 35 W
 Replacing
 Checking

NOTE:  High intensity gas discharge lamp L13 and Left High-intensity Gas
Discharge Lamp Control Module J343 comprise one component.
 High intensity discharge lamp L14 and Right High-intensity Gas Discharge
Lamp Control Module J344 comprise one component.

6 - Left High Beam Headlamp M30 and Right High Beam Headlamp M32 ("auxiliary high beam headlamp")

 Bulb H7 12 V, 55 W
 Replacing
 Checking

7 - Cover

8 - Cover

9 - Lamp socket with grip piece

 For Left Front Turn Signal Light M5 and Right Front Turn Signal Light M7

10 - Left Parking Lamp M1 and Right Parking Lamp M3

 Lamp 12 V, W 5 W LL Xenon Blue (for RoW models)


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 225 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Lamp 12 V, WY 5 W (for North American models, colored orange)


 Replacing
 Checking

11 - Left Front Turn Signal Lamp M5 and Right Front Turn Signal Lamp M7

 Lamp 12 V, PY 21 W Diadem
 Replacing
 Checking

12 - Headlamp

 Removing and installing --> Headlamps, removing and installing


 Headlamp position, correcting --> Headlamp installation position, correcting
 Perform basic setting of headlamp --> 01 - MAINTENANCE

13 - Connection

 To Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V49

14 - Connection

15 - Left Headlamp Range Control Module J567 and Right Headlamp Range Control Module J568

 Removing and installing


 Coding Left Headlamp Range Control Module J567
 Coding Right Headlamp Range Control Module J568

NOTE:  If Left headlamp Range Control Module J567 and Right headlamp Range
Control Module J568 is coded, basic setting of headlamps must be
performed after the coding --> 01 - MAINTENANCE

16 - Screws

 For Left Headlamp Range Control Module J567 and Right Headlamp Range Control Module J568

17 - Adjustment bushings

18 - Screws

 For front headlamp mount

19 - Headlamp mount

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 226 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Removing and installing left headlamp mount, vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine
 Removing and installing left headlamp mount, vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection
engine
 Removing and installing right headlamp mount, vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine
 Removing and installing right headlamp mount, vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection
engine

20 - Securing clip

21 - Locking bolt

22 - Alignment bushings

23 - Screws

 For rear headlamp mount

24 - Connector

25 - Securing clip

26 - Adjusting shaft for high beam lateral adjustment

27 - Adjusting shaft for dip and high beam height adjustment

28 - Screws

 For adjusting shafts

29 - Connector

- Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N396

NOTE:  Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp
Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N396 are located inside the headlamp and
cannot be removed or adjusted.
 Headlamp must be replaced if damaged.
 Checking

Headlamps, removing and installing

 Headlamps, removing and installing --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Headlamp mount, removing and installing

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 227 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Removing and installing left headlamp mount, vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine.

Removing and installing left headlamp mount, vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection
engine.

Removing and installing right headlamp mount, vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine.

Removing and installing right headlamp mount, vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection
engine.

Headlamp installation position, correcting

 Headlamp position, correcting --> Headlamp installation position, correcting.

Lamps of main headlamps with high-intensity gas-discharge lamps, replacing

Replacing gas-discharge lamps

CAUTION: Note usage and safety notes for gas discharge headlamps

NOTE:  Function of Left High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L13 and Right
High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L14 can be checked using
Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 Output Diagnostic Test
Mode (DTM).
 Illustrations depict replacement of gas-discharge headlamp at left
headlamp.
 Replacement of Left High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L13 and
Right High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L14 is performed
analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:24 AM Page 228 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 305: Pressing Wire Bracket To Side In Direction Of Arrow And Removing Cover Cap
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press wire bracket - 1 - to the side in - direction of arrow - and remove cover cap - 2 -.

CAUTION: Note usage and safety notes for gas discharge headlamps

Fig. 306: Identifying Spring Clip


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - 1 -.
 Compress and release the spring clip - arrow -.
 Carefully pull the gas-discharge bulb out of the socket.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  Do not touch the glass of the HID bulb when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which will evaporate and cloud the
glass when the bulb is switched on.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 229 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Do not subject the HID bulb glass to any mechanical stress. Glass cone is
extremely sensitive and is also under high pressure.
 Avoid looking directly into the light beam, since the UV rays given off by
the HID bulb are approx. 2.5 times stronger than those of a halogen bulb.
 When installing cap, ensure proper seating. Water intrusion will damage
headlamp.
 If a headlamp with automatic headlamp range control is removed,
headlamp basic setting procedure must always be performed after
installing --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

 Insert new HID lamp so that retaining tabs lie in cut-out in reflector.
 Attach the spring clip again.
 Connect the metal connector again.
 Check headlamp for function.

 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

High beam headlamp bulb ("auxiliary high beam"), replacing

NOTE:  Left High Beam Headlamp M30 and Right High Beam Headlamp M32 can
be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module J519.
 Illustrations depict replacement of High Beam Headlamp Lamp at left
Headlamp.
 Procedure to replace Left High Beam Headlamp M30 and Right High Beam
Headlamp M32 is the same.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 230 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 307: Identifying Headlamp Housing Cover Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove cover cap - arrow - at headlamp housing.

Fig. 308: Separating Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Separate the connector - arrow -.

Fig. 309: Identifying Headlamp Bulb Spring Clip


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Compress and release the spring clip - arrow -.


 Carefully remove high beam headlamp bulb.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing cap, ensure proper seating. Water intrusion will damage
headlamp.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 231 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the light bulb is switched
on, will evaporate and cloud the glass.

 Insert new High Beam Lamp so that retaining tabs lie in cut-out in reflector.
 Check headlamp for function.
 Check headlamp adjustment and adjust if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE

Replacing parking light

NOTE:  Function of Left Parking Lamp M1 and Right Parking Lamp M3 can be
checked using Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module J519.
 Illustrations depict replacement of parking light at left headlamp.
 Replacement of Left Parking Lamp M1 and Right Parking Lamp M3 is
performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Fig. 310: Removing/Installing Headlamp Housing Cover Camp


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove cover cap - arrow - at headlamp housing.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 232 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 311: Pressing Two Retaining Tabs Inward & Removing Socket With Parking Light
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press two retaining tabs inward - arrows - and remove socket with Parking Light.
 Remove Parking Light from socket.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing cap, ensure proper seating. Water intrusion will damage
headlamp.
 Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the light is switched on,
will evaporate and cloud the glass.

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Replacing Front Turn Signal Light

NOTE:  Left Front Turn Signal Lamp M5 and Right Front Turn Signal Lamp M7 can
be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module J519.
 Illustrations depict replacement of Front Turn Signal Light at left
headlamp.
 Replacement of Left Front Turn Signal Lamp M5 and Right Front Turn
Signal Lamp M7 is performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 233 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 312: Removing/Installing Headlamp Housing Cover Camp


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove cover cap - arrow - at headlamp housing.

Fig. 313: Removing/Installing Front Turn Signal Light Harness Connectors


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connectors - arrows - at socket of Front Turn Signal Light.

Fig. 314: Turning Socket Of Front Turn Signal Light


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 234 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Turn socket of Front Turn Signal Light in - direction of arrow -.


 Remove socket with Front Turn Signal Light from reflector.
 Press Front Turn Signal Light into socket and turn it toward left.
 Remove Front Turn Signal Light from socket.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing cap, ensure proper seating. Water intrusion will damage
headlamp.
 Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the light is switched on,
will evaporate and cloud the glass.

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Automatic headlamp range control adjusting motor, removing and installing

NOTE:  If adjusting motors for headlamps with automatic vertical headlamp aim
control are removed and installed or replaced, basic setting of headlamps
must be performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .
 Illustrations depict replacement of Headlamp beam adjusting motor at left
Headlamp.
 Replacement of Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and of Right
Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V49 is performed analogously.

Removing:

 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 235 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 315: Removing Screw & Adjusting Shaft For Low & High Beam
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolt - 1 - and press adjusting shaft for low beam and high beam height adjustment - 2 - in -
direction of arrow - out of guide.
 Pull adjusting shaft for low beam and high beam height adjustment - 2 - out of headlamp housing.

Fig. 316: Pressing Wire Bracket To Side In Direction Of Arrow And Removing Cover Cap
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press wire bracket - 1 - to the side in - direction of arrow - and remove cover cap - 2 -.

Fig. 317: Identifying Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - 3 -.
 Remove mounting bolts - 1 -.
 Press headlamp beam adjustment motor - 2 - to left in order to pull ball head of adjusting shaft sideways
out of receptacle on reflector.
 Remove headlamp range control positioning motor - 2 - from headlamp housing.

Installing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 236 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing cap, ensure proper seating. Water intrusion will damage
headlamp.
 If adjusting motors for headlamps with automatic vertical headlamp aim
control are removed and installed or replaced, basic setting of headlamps
must be performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Fig. 318: Inserting Adjusting Axle Of Adjusting Motor Carefully Into Ball Head Guide
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully insert positioning shaft of positioning motor - 1 - into ball head guide - arrow -.
 Check headlamp for function.
 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid

HID lamps only generate low beams in standard "Xenon" headlamps. "Bi-Xenon" allows "one" HID lamp to
generate low beams and high beams. For this purpose, an electro-mechanical adjuster (Left Headlamp Reflector
Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N396) opens the dimmed
region of low beam headlamp when high beam function is operated and a high beam light emission results.

Removing and installing Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid

Left headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N396
are located inside the headlamp and cannot be removed or adjusted separately.

Headlamp must be replaced if damaged.

Checking Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid

Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395
can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 237 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Headlamp Range Control Module

For the Touareg, the control of the automatic or dynamic vertical headlamp aim control system occurs via two
control modules.

Control of left Headlamp is performed by Left Headlamp Range Control Module J567. Left Headlamp Range
Control Module J567 is located directly beneath left Headlamp.

Control of right Headlamp is performed by Right Headlamp Range Control Module J568. Right Headlamp
Range Control Module J568 is located directly beneath right Headlamp.

Removing and installing Headlamp Range Control Module

NOTE:  Illustrations depict replacement of Headlamp range control module at left


Headlamp.
 Replacement of Left Headlamp Range Control Module J567 and of Right
Headlamp Range Control Module J568 is performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Fig. 319: Identifying Lateral Adjustment Mounting Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - of adjusting shaft for lateral adjustment.


 Remove adjusting shaft for lateral adjustment.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 238 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 320: Identifying Headlamp Range Control Module Mounting Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - of headlamp range control module - 1 -.


 Remove headlamp range control module - 1 - out of housing cut-out.

Fig. 321: Identifying Gas Discharge Lamp Connector And Headlamp Range Control Module Connector
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Unclip connector retaining bracket for gas-discharge lamp - 1 - in - direction of arrow - and disconnect
connector.
 Press catch of connector for headlamp range control module - 2 - in - direction of arrow - and disconnect
connector.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  Make sure seal has proper seating when installing headlamp range control
module. Water intrusion will damage headlamp.
 After installing a new control module, it must be coded:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 239 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Coding Left Headlamp Range Control Module J567.

Coding Right Headlamp Range Control Module J568.

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Left Headlamp Range Control Module J567 , coding

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Automatic vertical headlamp aim control

 Automatic headlamp range control functions


 Coding Control Module for Left Light Control

NOTE:  If Left Headlamp Range Control Module J567 is coded, basic setting of
Headlamps must be performed after coding --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Right Headlamp Range Control Module J568 , coding

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Automatic vertical headlamp aim control

 Automatic headlamp range control functions


 Coding Control Module for Right Light Control
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 240 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  If Right Headlamp Range Control Module J568 is coded, basic setting of
Headlamps must be performed after coding --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Level control system sensor

Vehicles without level control system (air spring shock absorber)

A vehicle level sensor is located at front axle (Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78) and (Left Rear
Level Control System Sensor G76) is located at rear axle.

The vehicle level sensors are a component of automatic headlamp range control.

The vehicle level sensors transmit vehicle level in the form of a PWM signal (pulse-width modulated signal) to
the Left Headlamp Range Control Module J567 and to the Right Headlamp Range Control Module J568.

In order to generate this PWM signal, voltage is supplied to Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 via
two plus wires and one Ground (GND) wire. Voltage is supplied to Left Front Level Control System Sensor
G78 via one plus-wire and two Ground (GND) wires.

Removing and installing Level Control System Sensor :

Removing and installing Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 --> 40 - FRONT SUSPENSION .

Removing and installing Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 --> 42 - REAR SUSPENSION .

NOTE:  If the vehicle Level sensors are replaced, headlamp basic setting must be
performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Vehicles with level control system (air spring shock absorber)

There are two each Vehicle Level Sensors located at front axle (Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78
and Right Front Level Control Sensor G289) and at rear axle (Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 and
Right Rear Level Control System Sensor G77).

The level control system sensors are a component of vehicle level control system.

The level control system sensors transmit vehicle level in the form of a signal to the Level Control System
Control Module J197.

Level Control System Control Module J197 transmits this signal to Left Headlamp Range Control Module J567
and to Right Headlamp Range Control Module J568.

Removing and installing Level Control System Sensor :

Removing and installing Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 and Right Front Level Control Sensor
G289 --> 40 - FRONT SUSPENSION .
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 241 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Removing and installing Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 and Right Rear Level Control System
Sensor G77 --> 42 - REAR SUSPENSION .

NOTE:  If the vehicle Level sensors are replaced, headlamp basic setting must be
performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Adjusting headlamps

 Adjusting headlamp with HID bulbs --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Notes on application and safety instructions for gas discharge lamps

CAUTION:  Never replace lamps when you are not familiar with the
corresponding actions, safety precautions and tools.

 If repair work is performed on main headlamp with gas discharge lamps, note the following:

 Notes on hazardous high voltage/currents Notes on hazardous high voltage/currents


 Notes on pressure, temperature and radiation/electric arc Notes on pressure, temperature and
radiation/glare
 Assembly notes for gas discharge lamps Assembly notes on gas discharge lamps
 Disposal regulations for gas discharge lamps Disposal regulations for gas discharge lamps

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

 Protective eyewear
 Gloves

Notes on hazardous high voltage/currents

CAUTION: Control modules of lighting system, connectors or components in area of


lamp socket carry hazardous high voltage.

Operating the control module and igniter is only permissible with lamp.

CAUTION:  Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove
ignition key.
 Make sure all components have zero potential when working on
headlamp system, even residual voltage after switching off
headlamps must be discharged.
 Residual voltages are discharged by switching low beam on and off
again after ignition key was removed.
 Make sure lamps cannot be switched on when working on headlamp
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 242 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

system.

Notes on pressure, temperature and radiation/glare

CAUTION:  Lamp must only be operated in headlamp housing (protection


against contact because of hot lamp, absorption of ultraviolet
radiation, avoiding danger of glare, explosion protection).
 Glass cones of bulbs can become very hot - danger of burns!
 Avoid looking directly into light beam, since UV radiation of gas
discharge lamp is approx. 2.5 times higher than that of standard
Halogen lamps.
 Avoid looking into light beam (danger of glare); vision can be
impaired for a longer period of time.

CAUTION:  Avoid contact with burst glass cone.


 H7 bulbs and gas discharge lamps (Xenon/Bi-Xenon) are under
pressure and can burst when replaced - danger of injury!
 When removing and installing HID bulbs, always wear safety glasses
and gloves.

Assembly notes on gas discharge lamps

CAUTION:  Before replacing a bulb, the corresponding consumer must always


be switched off.
 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove
ignition key.
 Do not touch glass cone of bulb with bare fingers, use clean cloth
gloves. The remaining fingerprint would evaporate due to the heat of
the operated bulb and would condense on the reflector which would
impair headlamp luminosity.
 A bulb must only be replaced with one of the same version. Bulb
identification can be found on bulb socket or glass cone.

 Harness connectors must engage correctly when installed and must


be checked for proper connection.

Disposal regulations for gas discharge lamps

CAUTION:  Gas discharge lamps must be disposed of as hazardous waste, never


dispose of gas discharge lamps via domestic waste.
 Gas discharge lamps contain metallic mercury (Hg) and traces of
thallium, they must not be destroyed.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 243 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 These components must be returned for proper recycling in


accordance with national legislation.
 Dispose of only in the designated containers at the responsible
collection point.

MAIN HEADLAMPS WITH GAS DISCHARGE LAMPS AND CORNERING LIGHT, THROUGH
11/06

Main headlamps with gas discharge lamps and cornering light, through 11/06

CAUTION: Note usage and safety notes for gas discharge headlamps --> Notes on
application and safety instructions for gas discharge lamps

NOTE:  Before working on HID headlamps and cornering lamps, always switch off
headlamps and remove ignition key.
 Automatic headlamp range control of HID headlamps with cornering lamps
has On Board Diagnostics (OBD).
 Familiarity with the function and operation of the lighting system is
essential in the event of customer complaints.
 Additional information:

Owners Manual

--> Self Study Program

--> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations

General Description:

Main headlamps with gas-discharge lamps and cornering lamps (AFS = Adaptive Front lighting System) have
"Bi-Xenon" function.

HID lamps only generate low beams in standard "Xenon" headlamps. "Bi-Xenon" allows "one" HID lamp to
generate low beams and high beams. For this purpose, an electro-mechanical adjuster (Left Headlamp Reflector
Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N396) opens the dimmed
region of low beam Headlamp when high beam function is operated and a high beam light emission results.

For this reason, the high beam is also adjusted automatically with the low beam on "Bi-Xenon" headlamps.

Main headlamps with HID lamps and cornering lamps are not equipped with "auxiliary high beams".

Cornering lamps system performs the following functions:

 Swiveling low beam and high beam (dynamic cornering lamp) from vehicles speeds above 10 kmh and
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 244 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

steering wheel angle.


 Cornering lamp (static cornering lamp) at sharp curves (curve radius 500 m) or on turning-off and
vehicles speeds below 50 kmh

DTC recognition and display:

Automatic headlamp range control, cornering lamps and vehicle electrical system control are equipped with On
Board Diagnostic (OBD) which assists troubleshooting of main headlamps with HID lamps and cornering
lamps.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Main headlamps with HID lamps and cornering lamps, assembly overview

NOTE:  After performing work which can affect headlamp adjustment, check
adjustment and correct headlamps if necessary. --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 245 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 322: Main Headlamps With HID Lamps And Cornering Lamps, Assembly Overview
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

- Tightening torques --> Tightening Torques: Headlamp

1 - Adjusting shaft for low beam and high beam height adjustment

2 - Connector

3 - Screws

4 - Left High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module J343 and Right High-intensity Gas Discharge
Lamp Control Module J344

NOTE:  Left High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module J343 and Right
High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module J344 is not capable of
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 246 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

On Board Diagnostic (OBD).


 Removing and installing --> High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control
Module, removing and installing

5 - Screws

6 - Bracket

7 - Cable ties

8 - Left Cornering Lamp L148 or Right Cornering Lamp L149

 Bulb H7 12 V, 55 W
 Replacing
 Checking

9 - Cover

10 - Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745

 Component location: at center under instrument panel


 Removing and installing
 Coding
 Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)

 Adapting

NOTE:  If Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745 is coded,


headlamp basic setting must then be performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

11 - High intensity gas discharge lamp L13 and High intensity discharge lamp L14 ("Bi-Xenon")

CAUTION: Note usage and safety notes for gas discharge headlamps --> Notes on
application and safety instructions for gas discharge lamps

 Type D1S, 35 W
 Replacing
 Checking

12 - Wiring

 Between Left High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L13 or Right High Intensity Gas Discharge
(HID) Lamp L14 and Left High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module J343 or Right High-
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 247 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module J344

13 - Left Parking Lamp M1 and Right Parking Lamp M3

 Lamp 12 V, W 5 W
 Replacing
 Checking

14 - Headlamp

 Removing and installing --> Headlamps, removing and installing


 Headlamp position, correcting --> Headlamp installation position, correcting
 Perform basic setting of headlamp --> 01 - MAINTENANCE

15 - Left Headlamp Power Output Stage J667 or Right Headlamp Power Output Stage J668

 Removing and installing

NOTE:  After installing a new headlamp power output stage, Headlamp


Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745 must be coded and then
basic setting of headlamps must be performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

16 - Screws

 For mounting left/right headlamp power output stage to headlamp

17 - Adjustment bushings

18 - Screws

 For front headlamp mount

19 - Headlamp mount

 Removing and installing left headlamp mount, vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine
 Removing and installing left headlamp mount, vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection
engine
 Removing and installing right headlamp mount, vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine
 Removing and installing right headlamp mount, vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection
engine

20 - Securing clip

21 - Locking bolt
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 248 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

22 - Alignment bushings

 For mounting bolts of rear headlamp mount

23 - Screws

24 - Connector

25 - Securing clip

26 - Left Front Turn Signal Lamp M5 and Right Front Turn Signal Lamp M7

 Lamp 12 V, PY 21 W
 Replacing
 Checking

27 - Cover

28 - Lamp socket with grip piece and harness connector

 For Left Front Turn Signal Light M5 and Right Front Turn Signal Light M7

29 - Screws

- Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid
N396

NOTE:  Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp
Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N396 are located inside the headlamp and
cannot be removed or adjusted.
 Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and
installing.
 Checking

- Left Swivel Module Position Sensor G474 or Right Swivel Module Position Sensor G475

NOTE:  Left Swivel Module Position Sensor G474 and Right Swivel Module
Position Sensor G475 are located inside the headlamp and cannot be
replaced or adjusted separately.
 Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and
installing.

- Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam Adjusting Motor V49

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 249 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam
Adjustment Motor V49 is located inside the headlamp and must not be
replaced.
 Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and
installing.
 Checking

- Left Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V318 or Right Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V319

NOTE:  Left Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V318 and Right Dynamic Cornering
Light Motor V319 is located inside the headlamp and must not be replaced.
 Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and
installing.
 Checking

Headlamps, removing and installing

 Headlamps, removing and installing --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Headlamp mount, removing and installing

Removing and installing left headlamp mount, vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine.

Removing and installing left headlamp mount, vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection
engine.

Removing and installing right headlamp mount, vehicles with 6-cyl. fuel injection engine.

Removing and installing right headlamp mount, vehicles with 10-cyl. TDI engine and 8-cyl. fuel injection
engine.

Headlamp installation position, correcting

 Headlamp position, correcting --> Headlamp installation position, correcting.

Lamps of main headlamps with high-intensity gas-discharge lamps and cornering lamps, replacing

Replacing gas-discharge lamps

CAUTION: Note usage and safety notes for gas discharge headlamps --> Notes on
application and safety instructions for gas discharge lamps

NOTE:  Function of Left High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L13 and Right
High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L14 can be checked using
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 250 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 Output Diagnostic Test


Mode (DTM).
 Illustrations depict replacement of gas-discharge headlamp at left
headlamp.
 Replacement of Left High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L13 and
Right High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L14 is performed
analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Fig. 323: Removing/Installing Mounting Bolts & Pulling Off Bracket With Hid Lamp Control Module
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - and pull off bracket - 1 - with HID lamp control module - 2 - as far as
wire lengths allow from headlamp.

NOTE:  HID lamp control module - 2 - must not be removed from bracket - 1 -.

Fig. 324: Removing/Installing Retaining Tab & Harness Connector


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 251 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tab - arrow A - of harness connector - 1 - and disconnect harness connector - 1 -.

NOTE:  Harness connector - 2 - of HID lamp control module must not be


disengaged and disconnected.

CAUTION: Note usage and safety notes for gas discharge headlamps --> Notes on
application and safety instructions for gas discharge lamps

Fig. 325: Identifying HID Lamp & Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connector - 2 - from HID lamp - 1 -.

Fig. 326: Removing/Installing Mounting Bolts & Pulling Off Bracket With Hid Lamp Control Module
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bracket - 1 - with HID lamp control module and wire from headlamp.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 252 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 327: Identifying Wire Clamp & Gas-Discharge Lamp


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release wire clamp - 1 - and fold it to the side.


 Carefully remove gas-discharge lamp - 2 - from mount.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  Do not touch the glass of the HID bulb when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which will evaporate and cloud the
glass when the bulb is switched on.
 Do not subject the HID bulb glass to any mechanical stress. Glass cone is
extremely sensitive and is also under high pressure.
 Avoid looking directly into focused light beam.
 Make sure seal has proper seating when installing bracket with High-
intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module. Water intrusion will
damage headlamp.
 If a headlamp with automatic headlamp range control is removed,
headlamp basic setting procedure must always be performed after
installing --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

 Insert new HID lamp so that retaining tabs lie in cut-out in reflector.
 Check headlamp for function.
 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Replacing parking light

NOTE:  Function of Left Parking Lamp M1 and Right Parking Lamp M3 can be
checked using Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module J519.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 253 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Illustrations depict replacement of parking light at left headlamp.


 Replacement of Left Parking Lamp M1 and Right Parking Lamp M3 is
performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Fig. 328: Removing/Installing Mounting Bolts & Pulling Off Bracket With Hid Lamp Control Module
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - and pull off bracket - 1 - with HID lamp control module - 2 - as far as
wire lengths allow from headlamp.

NOTE:  HID lamp control module - 2 - must not be removed from bracket - 1 -.

Fig. 329: Removing/Installing Retaining Tab & Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tab - arrow A - of harness connector - 1 - and disconnect harness connector - 1 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 254 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  Harness connector - 2 - of HID lamp control module must not be


disengaged and disconnected.

Fig. 330: Identifying HID Lamp & Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connector - 2 - from HID lamp - 1 -.

Fig. 331: Removing/Installing Mounting Bolts & Pulling Off Bracket With Hid Lamp Control Module
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bracket - 1 - with HID lamp control module and wire from headlamp.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 255 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 332: Removing/Installing Lamp Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage - arrows - lamp socket - 1 - with parking lamp.


 Pull lamp socket - 1 - as far out of reflector - 2 - as wire lengths allow.

Fig. 333: Parking Light And Lamp Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove parking light - 2 - from lamp socket - 1 - in - direction of arrow -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  Make sure seal has proper seating when installing bracket with High-
intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module. Water intrusion will
damage headlamp.
 Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the light is switched on,
will evaporate and cloud the glass.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 256 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Replacing Front Turn Signal Light

NOTE:  Left Front Turn Signal Lamp M5 and Right Front Turn Signal Lamp M7 can
be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module J519.
 Illustrations depict replacement of Front Turn Signal Light at left
headlamp.
 Replacement of Left Front Turn Signal Lamp M5 and Right Front Turn
Signal Lamp M7 is performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Fig. 334: Identifying Headlamp Housing Cover Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pull off cover cap - 1 - on inside of headlamp housing.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 257 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 335: Identifying Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connector - 1 -.

Fig. 336: Turning Front Turn Signal Light Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Turn socket - 1 - with Front Turn Signal Light in - direction of arrow -.


 Remove socket - 1 - with Front Turn Signal Light from reflector.

Fig. 337: Removing/Installing Front Turn Signal Light Bulb


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 258 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Push front turn signal light - 2 - into socket - 1 - and rotate front turn signal light - 2 - in - direction of
arrow -.
 Remove Front Turn Signal Light - 2 - from socket - 1 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing cap, ensure proper seating. Water intrusion will damage
headlamp.
 Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the light is switched on,
will evaporate and cloud the glass.

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Replacing cornering lamps (turn-off lamp, static cornering lamp)

NOTE:  Left Cornering Lamp L148 and Right Cornering Lamp L149 can be checked
via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Headlamp Range/Cornering
Lamp Control Module J745.
 Illustrations depict replacement of cornering lamp at right headlamp.
 Replacement of Left Cornering Lamp L148 and Right Cornering Lamp L149
is performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 259 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 338: Identifying Headlamp Housing Cover Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pull off cover cap - 1 - on top of headlamp housing.

Fig. 339: Removing/Installing Cornering Lamp


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  Cornering lamp - 2 - is clipped into the reflector - 1 -.


 When removing cornering lamp, the harness connector - 3 - is not
disconnected first.

 Push harness connector and thereby the lamp socket downward until the lamp can be felt as loose.
 Pull cornering lamp out of reflector by grasping on the harness connector - 3 -.
 Guide cornering lamp with harness connector connected out of headlamp housing in - direction of arrow
-.

Fig. 340: Identifying Cornering Lamp Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connector - 2 - of cornering lamp - 1 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 260 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing cap, ensure proper seating. Water intrusion will damage
headlamp.
 Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the light is switched on,
will evaporate and cloud the glass.

Fig. 341: Identifying Cornering Lamp Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Connect harness connector - 2 - of cornering lamp - 1 -.


 Guide cornering lamp with harness connector connected into headlamp housing.

Fig. 342: Pushing Cornering Lamp Into Reflector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Push cornering lamp into reflector in - direction of arrow - as depicted in the illustration.

NOTE:  Cornering lamp must engage audibly.


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 261 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Automatic Headlamp Range Control Adjusting Motor

Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V49 is located
inside the headlamp and cannot be disassembled.

Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Checking headlamp range control adjusting motor

Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V49 can be
checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745.

Dynamic cornering lamp adjusting motor

Left Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V318 and Right Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V319 is located inside
the headlamp and cannot be disassembled.

Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Checking dynamic cornering lamp adjusting motor

Left Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V318 and Right Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V319 can be checked
via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745.

Swivel Module Position Sensor

Left Swivel Module Position Sensor G474 and Right Swivel Module Position Sensor G475 are located inside
the headlamp and cannot be replaced or adjusted separately.

Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid

HID lamps only generate low beams in standard "Xenon" headlamps. "Bi-Xenon" allows "one" HID lamp to
generate low beams and high beams. For this purpose, an electro-mechanical adjuster (Left Headlamp Reflector
Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N396) opens the dimmed
region of low beam headlamp when high beam function is operated and a high beam light emission results.

Removing and installing Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid

Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N396
are located inside the headlamp and cannot be replaced or adjusted separately.

Headlamp must be replaced if damaged.


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 262 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Checking Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid

Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395
can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519.

Headlamp power output stage

Headlamp power output stage, removing and installing

NOTE:  Illustrations depict replacement of headlamp power output stage at left


headlamp.
 Replacement of Left Headlamp Power Output Stage J667 and of Right
Headlamp Power Output Stage J668 is similar.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Fig. 343: Identifying Adjusting Shaft


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - and remove adjusting shaft - 1 - for low beam and high beam height
adjustment from headlamp.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 263 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 344: Removing/Installing Headlamp Power Output Stage


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - and pull headlamp power output stage - 1 - as far from headlamp as
wire lengths allow.

Fig. 345: Disengaging/Engaging Headlamp Power Output State Harness Connectors


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage harness connectors - arrows - and disconnect them.


 Remove headlamp power output stage from headlamp.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  Make sure seals are fitted correctly when installing covers and installing
headlamp power output stage. Water intrusion will damage headlamp.
 After installing a new headlamp power output stage, Headlamp
Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745 must be coded and then
basic setting of headlamps must be performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 264 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Coding headlamp power output stage

NOTE:  After installing a new headlamp power output stage, Headlamp


Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745 must be coded and then
basic setting of headlamps must be performed.

 Code Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745.


 Perform basic setting of headlamps --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module, removing and installing

NOTE:  Left High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module J343 and Right
High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module J344 is not capable of
On Board Diagnostic (OBD).
 Illustrations depict replacement of High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp
Control Module at left headlamp.
 Replacement of Left High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module
J343 and of Right High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module J344
is performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Fig. 346: Removing/Installing Mounting Bolts & Pulling Off Bracket With Hid Lamp Control Module
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - and pull off bracket - 1 - with HID lamp control module - 2 - as far as
wire lengths allow from headlamp.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 265 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module - 2 - is not yet


removed from bracket - 1 - to obtain better access to the harness
connectors.

Fig. 347: Removing/Installing Retaining Tab & Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tab - arrow A - of harness connector - 1 - and disconnect harness connector - 1 -.
 Disengage retaining bracket - 3 - for harness connector - 2 - in - direction of arrow B - and disconnect
harness connector - 2 -.

Fig. 348: Identifying HID Lamp & Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connector - 2 - from HID lamp - 1 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 266 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 349: Removing/Installing Mounting Bolts & Pulling Off Bracket With Hid Lamp Control Module
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bracket - 1 - with HID lamp control module and wire from headlamp.

Fig. 350: Identifying Lamp Control Module & Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Unscrew mounting bolts - arrows - and remove High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module - 1 -
from bracket - 2 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  Make sure seals are fitted correctly when installing bracket and installing
High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module. Water intrusion will
damage headlamp.

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 267 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Removing and installing Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 351: Release Lever T10039


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release lever T10039


 Wedge T10039/1

NOTE:  Removal of the steering wheel is not necessary. To improve clarity, the
steering wheel is not shown in the following illustrations.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 268 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 352: Identifying Radio, Cover, Radio/Navigation System, A/C Control Head
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 In vehicles without radio/navigation system or without radio, pry cover - 1 - out of mounts using trim
removal wedge T10039/1.
 If necessary, remove radio - 2 - --> 91 RADIO, TELEPHONE, NAVIGATION, TRIP COMPUTER .
 If necessary, remove radio/navigation system - 3 - --> 91 RADIO, TELEPHONE, NAVIGATION,
TRIP COMPUTER .
 Remove all switches in instrument panel center --> Switch in center of instrument panel, removing
and installing.

 Remove A/C control head - 4 - --> 87 AIR CONDITIONING .


 Remove side instrument cluster cover on front passengers side --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .
 Remove cover in footwell on drivers side --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Fig. 353: Identifying Decorative Strip, Panel, Clamping Washer, Washer, Threaded Pin & Wing
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  Two versions of panel - 2 - are installed in the Touareg, a panel with
threaded pin - 3 - and clamping washer - 4 - or a panel without threaded
pin and clamping washer.
 Clamping washer - 4 - is depicted as partially removed in the illustration
for a better overview. While installed, clamping washer is accessible
through radio system cut-out, however it is not visible.
 Clamping washer - 4 - is destroyed upon removal and must be replaced
during installation.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 269 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Using a small screwdriver through the radio system cut-out, pry up wing - 5 - of clamping washer - 4 -
and pull off clamping washer - 4 - from threaded pin - 3 -.
 Pry panel - 2 - out of mounts using trim removal wedge T10039/1 and unclip adjustment wheel housing -
1 - from panel.
 In vehicles with adjustment wheel housing light, disconnect harness connector from adjustment wheel
housing - 1 - and remove adjustment wheel housing - 1 -.
 Pry decorative strip - 6 - out of mounts using wedge T10039/1.

Fig. 354: Removing/Installing Bracket Mounting Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - 1 - and remove bracket - 2 - from instrument panel.

Fig. 355: Identifying Glove Compartment Lining Mat


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 270 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Open glove compartment and remove lining mat - 1 - from glove compartment.
 Remove Glove Compartment Light W6 --> Glove Compartment Light W6 , removing and installing.

Fig. 356: Remove/Install Lower Instrument Panel & Mounting Bolts Component
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Route all wiring harnesses which lead inward through lower section of instrument panel - 2 - so as to be
able to remove lower section of instrument panel - 2 -.
 Remove mounting bolts - 1 - (13 mounting bolts total) and remove lower section of instrument panel - 2 -
from instrument panel.

Fig. 357: Identifying Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage harness connector - 2 - and disconnect harness connector - 2 - from Headlamp


Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745 - 1 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 271 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 358: Removing/Installing Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module Bracket & Bolts
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - 1 - and remove bracket - 2 - with Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control
Module J745 in - direction of arrow -.

Fig. 359: Identifying Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module & Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Clip retaining hooks inward - arrows - and remove Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module
J745 - 2 - from bracket - 1 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:25 AM Page 272 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 360: Identifying Decorative Strip, Panel, Clamping Washer, Washer, Threaded Pin & Wing
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  Before installing, check whether a securing clip is installed in center of


panel - 2 - as in the area of the threaded pin - 3 -. If this is not the case, a
securing clip must be installed at this location.
 If a panel without threaded pin and clamping washer was installed in the
vehicle and the panel is replaced by a version with threaded pin and
clamping washer, the securing clip in the area of the threaded pin must
then be removed before the installation.
 Use a new clamping washer - 4 - for the installation.
 After installing panel - 2 - , the new clamping washer - 4 - must be inserted
to stop (do not turn!) in the depicted position.

Fig. 361: Identifying Center Console Bolts & Brackets


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 273 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Tighten mounting bolts for bracket - 7 - in the following sequence.

 Mounting bolt 1
 Mounting bolt 6
 Mounting bolt 3
 Mounting bolt 4

 Mounting bolt 2
 Mounting bolt 5

NOTE:  After installing a new Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module,


control module must be coded and then basic setting of headlamps must
be performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Coding Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Automatic Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control

 Automatic headlamp range control functions


 Code Control Module for AFS Light Control

NOTE:  If Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745 is coded, basic


setting of headlamps must be performed after coding --> 01 -
MAINTENANCE .

Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745

The following components and functions can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Comfort
System Central Control Module J393 :

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 274 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam Adjusting Motor V49
 Left Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V318 or Right Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V319
 Left Cornering Lamp L148 or Right Cornering Lamp L149

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Automatic Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control

 Automatic headlamp range control functions


 Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of AFS

Adapting Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745

The "Adapt Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module" function was not yet implemented at time of
publication.

Level control system sensor

Vehicles without level control system (air spring shock absorber)

A vehicle level sensor is located at front axle (Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78) and (Left Rear
Level Control System Sensor G76) is located at rear axle.

The Vehicle Level Sensors are a component of automatic headlamp range control.

The Vehicle Level Sensors transmit vehicle level in the form of a PWM signal (pulse-width modulated signal)
to the Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745.

In order to generate this PWM signal, voltage is supplied to Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 via
two plus-wires and one Ground (GND) wire. Voltage is supplied to Left Front Level Control System Sensor
G78 via one plus-wire and two Ground (GND) wires.

Removing and installing Level Control System Sensor :

Removing and installing Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 --> 40 - FRONT SUSPENSION .

Removing and installing Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 --> 42 - REAR SUSPENSION .
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 275 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  If the vehicle Level sensors are replaced, headlamp basic setting must be
performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Vehicles with level control system (air spring shock absorber)

There are two each Vehicle Level Sensors located at front axle (Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78
and Right Front Level Control Sensor G289) and at rear axle (Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 and
Right Rear Level Control System Sensor G77).

The level control system sensors are a component of vehicle level control system.

The level control system sensors transmit vehicle level in the form of a signal to the Level Control System
Control Module J197.

Level Control System Control Module J197 transmits this signal to the Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp
Control Module J745.

Removing and installing Level Control System Sensor :

Removing and installing Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 and Right Front Level Control Sensor
G289 --> 40 - FRONT SUSPENSION .

Removing and installing Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 and Right Rear Level Control System
Sensor G77 --> 42 - REAR SUSPENSION .

NOTE:  If the vehicle Level sensors are replaced, headlamp basic setting must be
performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Adjusting headlamps

 Adjusting headlamp with HID bulbs --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Notes on application and safety instructions for gas discharge lamps

CAUTION:  Never replace lamps when you are not familiar with the
corresponding actions, safety precautions and tools.

 If repair work is performed on main headlamp with gas discharge lamps, note the following:

 Notes on hazardous high voltage/currents --> Information on dangerous high voltage/current


 Notes on pressure, temperature and radiation/electric arc --> Notes on pressure, temperature and
radiation/glare
 Assembly notes for gas discharge lamps --> Assembly notes on gas discharge lamps
 Disposal regulations for gas discharge lamps --> Disposal regulations for gas discharge lamps

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 276 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

 Protective eyewear
 Gloves

Information on dangerous high voltage/current

CAUTION: Control modules of lighting system, connectors or components in area of


lamp socket carry hazardous high voltage.

Operating the control module and igniter is only permissible with lamp.

CAUTION:  Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove
ignition key.
 Make sure all components have zero potential when working on
headlamp system, even residual voltage after switching off
headlamps must be discharged.
 Residual voltages are discharged by switching low beam on and off
again after ignition key was removed.
 Make sure lamps cannot be switched on when working on headlamp
system.

Notes on pressure, temperature and radiation/glare

CAUTION:  Lamp must only be operated in headlamp housing (protection


against contact because of hot lamp, absorption of ultraviolet
radiation, avoiding danger of glare, explosion protection).
 Glass cones of bulbs can become very hot - danger of burns!
 Avoid looking directly into light beam, since UV radiation of gas
discharge lamp is approx. 2.5 times higher than that of standard
Halogen lamps.
 Avoid looking into light beam (danger of glare); vision can be
impaired for a longer period of time.

CAUTION:  Avoid contact with burst glass cone.


 H7 bulbs and gas discharge lamps (Xenon/Bi-Xenon) are under
pressure and can burst when replaced - danger of injury!
 When removing and installing HID bulbs, always wear safety glasses
and gloves.

Assembly notes on gas discharge lamps

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 277 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

CAUTION:  Before replacing a bulb, the corresponding consumer must always


be switched off.
 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove
ignition key.
 Do not touch glass cone of bulb with bare fingers, use clean cloth
gloves. The remaining fingerprint would evaporate due to the heat of
the operated bulb and would condense on the reflector which would
impair headlamp luminosity.
 A bulb must only be replaced with one of the same version. Bulb
identification can be found on bulb socket or glass cone.

 Harness connectors must engage correctly when installed and must


be checked for proper connection.

Disposal regulations for gas discharge lamps

CAUTION:  Gas discharge lamps must be disposed of as hazardous waste, never


dispose of gas discharge lamps via domestic waste.
 Gas discharge lamps contain metallic mercury (Hg) and traces of
thallium, they must not be destroyed.
 These components must be returned for proper recycling in
accordance with national legislation.
 Dispose of only in the designated containers at the responsible
collection point.

MAIN HEADLAMPS WITH GAS DISCHARGE LAMPS AND CORNERING LIGHT, FROM 12/06

General information

CAUTION: Note usage and safety notes for gas discharge headlamps

NOTE:  Before working on HID headlamps and cornering lamps, always switch off
headlamps and remove ignition key.
 Automatic headlamp range control of HID headlamps with cornering lamps
has On Board Diagnostics (OBD).
 Familiarity with the function and operation of the lighting system is
essential in the event of customer complaints.
 Additional information:

Owners Manual

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 278 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

--> Self Study Program

--> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations

General Description:

Main headlamps with gas-discharge lamps and cornering lamps (AFS = Adaptive Front lighting System) have
"Bi-Xenon" function.

HID lamps only generate low beams in standard "Xenon" headlamps. "Bi-Xenon" allows "one" HID lamp to
generate low beams and high beams. For this purpose, an electro-mechanical adjuster (Left Headlamp Reflector
Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N396) opens the dimmed
region of low beam Headlamp when high beam function is operated and a high beam light emission results.

For this reason, the high beam is also adjusted automatically with the low beam on "Bi-Xenon" headlamps.

Main headlamps with HID lamps and cornering lamps are not equipped with "auxiliary high beams".

Cornering lamps system performs the following functions:

 Swiveling low beam and high beam (dynamic cornering lamp) from vehicles speeds above 10 kmh and
steering wheel angle.
 Cornering lamp (static cornering lamp) at sharp curves (curve radius 500 m) or on turning-off and
vehicles speeds below 50 kmh

DTC recognition and display:

Automatic headlamp range control, cornering lamps and vehicle electrical system control are equipped with On
Board Diagnostic (OBD) which assists troubleshooting of main headlamps with HID lamps and cornering
lamps.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

NOTE:  Malfunction of the range control or AFS system are displayed in the
instrument cluster with the "lamp failure" indicator lamp.

Main headlamps with HID lamps and cornering lamps, assembly overview

NOTE:  After performing work which can affect headlamp adjustment, check
adjustment and correct headlamps if necessary. --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 279 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 362: Main Headlamps With Hid Lamps And Cornering Lamps, Assembly Overview
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Screws

2 - Left High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module J343 and Right High-intensity Gas Discharge
Lamp Control Module J344

NOTE:  Left High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module J343 and Right
High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module J344 is not capable of
On Board Diagnostic (OBD).
 Removing and installing --> Gas discharge lamp control module

3 - Bolt

4 - Left Headlamp Power Output Stage J667 or Right Headlamp Power Output Stage J668
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 280 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Removing and installing

NOTE:  After installing a new headlamp power output stage, Headlamp


Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745 must be coded and then
basic setting of headlamps must be performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

5 - Left Cornering Lamp L148 or Right Cornering Lamp L149

 Bulb H7 12 V, 55 W
 Replacing
 Checking

6 - Left Front Turn Signal Lamp M5 and Right Front Turn Signal Lamp M7

 Lamp 12 V, PY 21 W
 Replacing
 Checking

7 - Lamp socket with grip piece

 For Left Front Turn Signal Light M5 and Right Front Turn Signal Light M7

8 - Cover

9 - Cover

10 - High intensity gas discharge lamp L13 and High intensity discharge lamp L14 ("Bi-Xenon")

CAUTION: Note usage and safety notes for gas discharge headlamps --> Notes on
application and safety instructions for gas discharge lamps.

 Type D1S, 35 W
 Replacing
 Checking

11 - Left Parking Lamp M1 and Right Parking Lamp M3

 Lamp 12 V, W 5 W
 Replacing
 Checking

12 - Headlamp

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 281 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Removing and installing --> Headlamps, removing and installing


 Headlamp position, correcting --> Headlamp installation position, correcting
 Perform basic setting of headlamp --> 01 - MAINTENANCE

13 - Screws

 5 Nm

14 - Headlamp mount

 Removing and installing --> Headlamp mount, removing and installing

15 - Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745

 Component location: at center under instrument panel


 Removing and installing
 Coding
 Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)

NOTE:  If Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745 is coded,


headlamp basic setting must then be performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

- Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N396

NOTE:  Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp
Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N396 are located inside the headlamp and
cannot be removed or adjusted.
 Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and
installing.
 Checking

- Left Swivel Module Position Sensor G474 or Right Swivel Module Position Sensor G475

NOTE:  Left Swivel Module Position Sensor G474 and Right Swivel Module
Position Sensor G475 are located inside the headlamp and cannot be
replaced or adjusted separately.
 Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and
installing.
 Checking

- Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam Adjusting Motor V49

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 282 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam
Adjustment Motor V49 is located inside the headlamp and must not be
replaced.
 Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and
installing.
 Checking

- Left Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V318 or Right Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V319

NOTE:  Left Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V318 and Right Dynamic Cornering
Light Motor V319 is located inside the headlamp and must not be replaced.
 Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and
installing.
 Checking

Headlamps, removing and installing

NOTE:  It is not necessary to disconnect battery.


 Illustrations depict removal and installation of left headlamp.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 363: Identifying Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage and disconnect harness connector - 1 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 283 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 364: Identifying Tip Locking Lever


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Tip locking lever - 1 - in direction of arrow.

Fig. 365: Identifying Tip Headlamp


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 To tip headlamp - 1 - , press inward in - direction of arrow - with balls of hands in rear area.

Fig. 366: Removing/Installing Headlamp


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 284 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove headlamp in - direction of arrow - straight forward and out of body opening.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Check installation position of headlamp for uniform gap dimensions.

If the gaps are uneven in relation to body, headlamp position must be corrected --> Headlamp installation
position, correcting.

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Headlamp mount, removing and installing

NOTE:  The illustration shows the removal of the left headlamp mount. The
removal of the right headlamp mount is done in the same way.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove front bumper cover: Bumper cover, > 10.2006, --> 63 - BUMPERS or Bumper cover, 11.2006 >
--> 63 - BUMPERS .
 Remove bumper lower assembly component guide profile --> 63 - BUMPERS

NOTE:  For overview purposes, the headlamp mount is shown removed.

Fig. 367: Identifying Mount & Mounting Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove four mounting bolts and remove mount - 1 - forward out of body opening.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 285 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Check installation position of headlamp for uniform gap dimensions.

If the gaps are uneven in relation to body, headlamp position must be corrected --> Headlamp installation
position, correcting.

 Check headlamp for function.

NOTE:  If headlamp mount is removed, headlamp must always be adjusted after


installation.

 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Headlamp installation position, correcting

 Headlamp position, correcting --> Headlamp installation position, correcting.

Lamps of main headlamps with high-intensity gas-discharge lamps and cornering lamps, replacing

Replacing gas-discharge lamps

CAUTION: Note usage and safety notes for gas discharge headlamps --> Notes on
application and safety instructions for gas discharge lamps

NOTE:  Function of Left High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L13 and Right
High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L14 can be checked using
Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 Output Diagnostic Test
Mode (DTM).
 Illustrations depict replacement of gas-discharge headlamp at left
headlamp.
 Replacement of Left High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L13 and
Right High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) Lamp L14 is performed
analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 286 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 368: Identifying Cover Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove cover cap - 1 - from back side of headlamp housing.

Fig. 369: Identifying Connector Harness


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage and disconnect harness connector - 1 -.

CAUTION:  There are pressures from 7 bar (cold) to 100 bar (hot) in the glass
portion of the HID bulb. The hot glass of the bulb can reach
temperatures of up to 700 degrees Celsius.
 The glass can explode and there is a danger of burning.
 When removing and installing HID bulbs, always wear safety glasses
and gloves.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 287 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 370: Removing/Installing Gas Discharge Lamp


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove gas discharge lamp - 1 - in - direction of arrow - and carefully remove it toward rear from
headlamp.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  Do not touch the glass of the HID bulb when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which will evaporate and cloud the
glass when the bulb is switched on.
 Do not subject the HID bulb glass to any mechanical stress. Glass cone is
extremely sensitive and is also under high pressure.
 Avoid looking directly into focused light beam.
 When installing cover cap, check cover cap for proper seating. Water
intrusion will damage headlamp.
 If a headlamp with automatic headlamp range control is removed,
headlamp basic setting procedure must always be performed after
installing --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

 Insert new HID lamp so that retaining tabs lie in cut-out in reflector.
 Check headlamp for function.
 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Replacing parking light

NOTE:  Function of Left Parking Lamp M1 and Right Parking Lamp M3 can be
checked using Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module J519.
 Illustrations depict replacement of parking light at left headlamp.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 288 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Replacement of Left Parking Lamp M1 and Right Parking Lamp M3 is


performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Fig. 371: Identifying Headlamp Housing Cover Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove cover cap - 1 - from back side of headlamp housing.

Fig. 372: Removing/Installing Bulb Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bulb socket - 1 - back from reflector while being careful of connecting wires.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 289 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 373: Parking Light And Lamp Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove parking light bulb - 2 - in - direction of arrow - from bulb socket - 1 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  Ensure parking light bulb socket is seated correctly in reflector.


 When installing cover cap, check cover cap for proper seating. Water
intrusion will damage headlamp.
 Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the light is switched on,
will evaporate and cloud the glass.

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Replacing Front Turn Signal Light

NOTE:  Left Front Turn Signal Lamp M5 and Right Front Turn Signal Lamp M7 can
be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module J519.
 Illustrations depict replacement of Front Turn Signal Light at left
headlamp.
 Replacement of Left Front Turn Signal Lamp M5 and Right Front Turn
Signal Lamp M7 is performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 290 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Fig. 374: Identifying Headlamp Housing Top Cover Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove cover cap - 1 - on top of headlamp housing.

Fig. 375: Identifying Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connector - 1 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 291 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 376: Identifying Grip Piece


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press grip piece - 1 - in direction of reflector and rotate it in - direction of arrow - with front turn signal
lamp.
 Remove grip piece - 1 - with Front Turn Signal Light from reflector.

Fig. 377: Pushing Front Turn Signal Light Into Grip Piece & Rotating Front Turn Signal Light In
Direction Of Arrow
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Push front turn signal light - 2 - into grip piece - 1 - and rotate front turn signal light - 2 - in - direction of
arrow -.
 Remove Front Turn Signal Light - 2 - from grip piece - 1 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing cap, ensure proper seating. Water intrusion will damage
headlamp.
 Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the light is switched on,
will evaporate and cloud the glass.

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Replacing cornering lamps (turn-off lamp, static cornering lamp)

NOTE:  Left Cornering Lamp L148 and Right Cornering Lamp L149 can be checked
via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Headlamp Range/Cornering
Lamp Control Module J745.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 292 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 The following illustrations depict replacement of left cornering lamp.


 Replacement of Left Cornering Lamp L148 and Right Cornering Lamp L149
is performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Fig. 378: Removing/Installing AFS Power Output Module Carrier Plate


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release AFS power output module carrier plate - 1 - by pressing on both buttons - A arrows -.
 Tip carrier plate with AFS power output module in upward - direction of arrow B - and remove it from
headlamp housing.

Fig. 379: Rotating Cornering Lamp With Connected Connector In Direction Of Arrow & Carefully
Remove It Back From Headlamp Housing
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Rotate cornering lamp - 1 - with connected connector in - direction of arrow - and carefully remove it
back from headlamp housing.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 293 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 380: Identifying Connector & Cornering Lamp


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - 1 - from cornering lamp - 1 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing carrier plate with AFS power output module, ensure
locking mechanisms are seated correctly and close completely. Water
intrusion will damage headlamp.
 Do not touch the glass of the light bulb, when installing. Your fingers will
leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the light is switched on,
will evaporate and cloud the glass.

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Automatic Headlamp Range Control Adjusting Motor

Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V49 is located
inside the headlamp and cannot be disassembled.

Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Checking headlamp range control adjusting motor

Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V49 can be
checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745.

Dynamic cornering lamp adjusting motor

Left Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V318 and Right Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V319 is located inside

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 294 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

the headlamp and cannot be disassembled.

Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Checking dynamic cornering lamp adjusting motor

Left Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V318 and Right Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V319 can be checked
via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745.

Swivel Module Position Sensor

Left Swivel Module Position Sensor G474 and Right Swivel Module Position Sensor G475 are located inside
the headlamp and cannot be replaced or adjusted separately.

Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Swivel Module Position Sensor, checking

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Automatic Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control

 Automatic headlamp range control electrical components


 Swivel Module Position Sensor

Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid

HID lamps only generate low beams in standard "Xenon" headlamps. "Bi-Xenon" allows "one" HID lamp to
generate low beams and high beams. For this purpose, an electro-mechanical adjuster (Left Headlamp Reflector
Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N396) opens the dimmed
region of low beam headlamp when high beam function is operated and a high beam light emission results.

Removing and installing Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid

Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N396
are located inside the headlamp and cannot be replaced or adjusted separately.

Headlamp must be replaced if damaged --> Headlamps, removing and installing.


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 295 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Checking Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid

Left Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395 and Right Headlamp Reflector Adjustment Solenoid N395
can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519.

Headlamp power output stage

Headlamp power output stage, removing and installing

NOTE:  Illustrations depict replacement of headlamp power output stage at left


headlamp.
 Replacement of Left Headlamp Power Output Stage J667 and of Right
Headlamp Power Output Stage J668 is performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Fig. 381: Identifying Headlamp Power Output Module


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove three mounting bolts - arrows - and remove headlamp power output module - 1 - straight out of
headlamp housing.

NOTE:  The headlamp power output module electrical connector is disconnected


at the same time it is removed from the headlamps housing.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing the headlamp power output module, ensure seals are

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 296 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

seated properly. Water intrusion will damage headlamp.


 After installing a new headlamp power output stage, Headlamp
Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745 must be coded and then
basic setting of headlamps must be performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

New headlamp power output module

NOTE:  After installing a new headlamp power output stage, Headlamp


Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745 must be coded and then
basic setting of headlamps must be performed.

 Code Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745.


 Perform basic setting of headlamps --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Gas discharge lamp control module

High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module, removing and installing

NOTE:  Left High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module J343 and Right
High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module J344 is not capable of
On Board Diagnostic (OBD).
 Illustrations depict replacement of High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp
Control Module at left headlamp.
 Replacement of Left High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module
J343 and of Right High-intensity Gas Discharge Lamp Control Module J344
is performed analogously.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove headlamp --> Headlamps, removing and installing.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 297 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 382: Removing/Installing HID Headlamp Control Module & Mounting Bolts
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove both mounting bolts - arrows - and remove HID headlamp control module - 1 - straight out of
headlamp housing.

NOTE:  The HID headlamp control module electrical connector is disconnected at


the same time it is removed from the headlamps housing.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  Make sure seals have proper seating when installing High-intensity Gas
Discharge Lamp Control Module. Water intrusion will damage headlamp.

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745

Removing and installing Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 298 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 383: Release Lever T10039 & Wedge T10039/1


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release lever T10039


 Wedge T10039/1

NOTE:  Removal of the steering wheel is not necessary. To improve clarity, the
steering wheel is not shown in the following illustrations.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 384: Identifying Radio, Cover, Radio/Navigation System, A/C Control Head
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 299 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 In vehicles without radio/navigation system or without radio, pry cover - 1 - out of mounts using trim
removal wedge T10039/1.
 If necessary, remove radio - 2 - --> 91 RADIO, TELEPHONE, NAVIGATION, TRIP COMPUTER .
 If necessary, remove radio/navigation system - 3 - --> 91 RADIO, TELEPHONE, NAVIGATION,
TRIP COMPUTER .
 Remove all switches in instrument panel center --> Switch in center of instrument panel, removing
and installing.

 Remove A/C control head - 4 - --> 87 AIR CONDITIONING .


 Remove side instrument cluster cover on front passengers side --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .
 Remove cover in footwell on drivers side --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Fig. 385: Identifying Decorative Strip, Panel, Clamping Washer, Washer, Threaded Pin & Wing
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  Two versions of panel - 2 - are installed in the Touareg, a panel with
threaded pin - 3 - and clamping washer - 4 - or a panel without threaded
pin and clamping washer.
 Clamping washer - 4 - is depicted as partially removed in the illustration
for a better overview. While installed, clamping washer is accessible
through radio system cut-out, however it is not visible.
 Clamping washer - 4 - is destroyed upon removal and must be replaced
during installation.

 Using a small screwdriver through the radio system cut-out, pry up wing - 5 - of clamping washer - 4 -
and pull off clamping washer - 4 - from threaded pin - 3 -.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 300 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Pry panel - 2 - out of mounts using trim removal wedge T10039/1 and unclip adjustment wheel housing -
1 - from panel.
 In vehicles with adjustment wheel housing light, disconnect harness connector from adjustment wheel
housing - 1 - and remove adjustment wheel housing - 1 -.
 Pry decorative strip - 6 - out of mounts using wedge T10039/1.

Fig. 386: Removing/Installing Instrument Panel Bracket Mounting Bolts & Bracket
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - 1 - and remove bracket - 2 - from instrument panel.

Fig. 387: Identifying Glove Compartment Lining Mat


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Open glove compartment and remove lining mat - 1 - from glove compartment.
 Remove Glove Compartment Light W6 --> Glove Compartment Light W6 , removing and installing.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 301 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 388: Remove/Install Lower Instrument Panel & Mounting Bolts Component
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Route all wiring harnesses which lead inward through lower section of instrument panel - 2 - so as to be
able to remove lower section of instrument panel - 2 -.
 Remove mounting bolts - 1 - (13 mounting bolts total) and remove lower section of instrument panel - 2 -
from instrument panel.

Fig. 389: Identifying Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage harness connector - 2 - and disconnect harness connector - 2 - from Headlamp


Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745 - 1 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 302 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 390: Removing/Installing Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module Bracket & Bolts
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - 1 - and remove bracket - 2 - with Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control
Module J745 in - direction of arrow -.

Fig. 391: Identifying Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module & Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Clip retaining hooks inward - arrows - and remove Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module
J745 - 2 - from bracket - 1 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 303 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 392: Identifying Decorative Strip, Panel, Clamping Washer, Washer, Threaded Pin & Wing
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  Before installing, check whether a securing clip is installed in center of


panel - 2 - as in the area of the threaded pin - 3 -. If this is not the case, a
securing clip must be installed at this location.
 If a panel without threaded pin and clamping washer was installed in the
vehicle and the panel is replaced by a version with threaded pin and
clamping washer, the securing clip in the area of the threaded pin must
then be removed before the installation.
 Use a new clamping washer - 4 - for the installation.
 After installing panel - 2 - , the new clamping washer - 4 - must be inserted
to stop (do not turn!) in the depicted position.

Fig. 393: Identifying Center Console Bolts & Brackets


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 304 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Tighten mounting bolts for bracket - 7 - in the following sequence.

 Mounting bolt 1
 Mounting bolt 6
 Mounting bolt 3
 Mounting bolt 4

 Mounting bolt 2
 Mounting bolt 5

NOTE:  After installing a new Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module,


control module must be coded and then basic setting of headlamps must
be performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check and adjust headlamp aim if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Coding Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Automatic Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control

 Automatic headlamp range control functions


 Code Control Module for AFS Light Control

NOTE:  If Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745 is coded, basic


setting of headlamps must be performed after coding --> 01 -
MAINTENANCE .

Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745

The following components and functions can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Comfort
System Central Control Module J393 :

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 305 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 and Right Headlamp Beam Adjusting Motor V49
 Left Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V318 or Right Dynamic Cornering Light Motor V319
 Left Cornering Lamp L148 or Right Cornering Lamp L149

NOTE:  Malfunctions of the range control and AFS (Adaptive Front lighting
System) systems are indicated by the "Lamp failure" indicator light in the
instrument cluster.

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Automatic Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control

 Automatic headlamp range control functions


 Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of AFS

Level control system sensor

Vehicles without level control system (air spring shock absorber)

A vehicle level sensor is located at front axle (Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78) and (Left Rear
Level Control System Sensor G76) is located at rear axle.

The vehicle level sensors are a component of automatic headlamp range control.

The Vehicle Level Sensors transmit vehicle level in the form of a PWM signal (pulse-width modulated signal)
to the Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control Module J745.

In order to generate this PWM signal, voltage is supplied to Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 via
two plus-wires and one Ground (GND) wire. Voltage is supplied to Left Front Level Control System Sensor
G78 via one plus-wire and two Ground (GND) wires.

Removing and installing Level Control System Sensor :

Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 , removing and installing --> 40 - FRONT SUSPENSION .

Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 , removing and installing --> 42 - REAR SUSPENSION .
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 306 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Checking Vehicle Level Sensor

Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 and Right Front Level Control Sensor G289 , checking.

NOTE:  If the vehicle Level sensors are replaced, headlamp basic setting must be
performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Vehicles with level control system (air spring shock absorber)

There are two each Vehicle Level Sensors located at front axle (Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78
and Right Front Level Control Sensor G289) and at rear axle (Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 and
Right Rear Level Control System Sensor G77).

The level control system sensors are a component of vehicle level control system.

The level control system sensors transmit vehicle level in the form of a signal to the Level Control System
Control Module J197.

Level Control System Control Module J197 transmits this signal to the Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp
Control Module J745.

Removing and installing Level Control System Sensor :

Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 and Right Front Level Control Sensor G289 , removing and
installing --> 40 - FRONT SUSPENSION .

Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 and Right Rear Level Control System Sensor G77 , removing and
installing --> 42 - REAR SUSPENSION .

Checking Vehicle Level Sensor

Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 and Right Front Level Control Sensor G289 , checking.

NOTE:  If the vehicle Level sensors are replaced, headlamp basic setting must be
performed --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Checking vehicle level sensor

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:26 AM Page 307 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Automatic Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp Control

 Automatic headlamp range control electrical components


 Level control system sensor

Adjusting headlamps

 Adjusting headlamp with HID bulbs --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Notes on application and safety instructions for gas discharge lamps

CAUTION:  Never replace lamps when you are not familiar with the
corresponding actions, safety precautions and tools.

 If repair work is performed on main headlamp with gas discharge lamps, note the following:

 Notes on hazardous high voltage/currents --> Information on dangerous high voltage/current


 Notes on pressure, temperature and radiation/electric arc --> Notes on pressure, temperature and
radiation/glare
 Assembly notes for gas discharge lamps --> Assembly notes on gas discharge lamps
 Disposal regulations for gas discharge lamps --> Disposal regulations for gas discharge lamps

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

 Protective eyewear
 Gloves

Information on dangerous high voltage/current

CAUTION: Control modules of lighting system, connectors or components in area of


lamp socket carry hazardous high voltage.

Operating the control module and igniter is only permissible with lamp.

CAUTION:  Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove
ignition key.
 Make sure all components have zero potential when working on
headlamp system, even residual voltage after switching off
headlamps must be discharged.
 Residual voltages are discharged by switching low beam on and off
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 308 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

again after ignition key was removed.


 Make sure lamps cannot be switched on when working on headlamp
system.

Notes on pressure, temperature and radiation/glare

CAUTION:  Lamp must only be operated in headlamp housing (protection


against contact because of hot lamp, absorption of ultraviolet
radiation, avoiding danger of glare, explosion protection).
 Glass cones of bulbs can become very hot - danger of burns!
 Avoid looking directly into light beam, since UV radiation of gas
discharge lamp is approx. 2.5 times higher than that of standard
Halogen lamps.
 Avoid looking into light beam (danger of glare); vision can be
impaired for a longer period of time.

CAUTION:  Avoid contact with burst glass cone.


 H7 bulbs and gas discharge lamps (Xenon/Bi-Xenon) are under
pressure and can burst when replaced - danger of injury!
 When removing and installing HID bulbs, always wear safety glasses
and gloves.

Assembly notes on gas discharge lamps

CAUTION:  Before replacing a bulb, the corresponding consumer must always


be switched off.
 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove
ignition key.
 Do not touch glass cone of bulb with bare fingers, use clean cloth
gloves. The remaining fingerprint would evaporate due to the heat of
the operated bulb and would condense on the reflector which would
impair headlamp luminosity.
 A bulb must only be replaced with one of the same version. Bulb
identification can be found on bulb socket or glass cone.

 Harness connectors must engage correctly when installed and must


be checked for proper connection.

Disposal regulations for gas discharge lamps

CAUTION:  Gas discharge lamps must be disposed of as hazardous waste, never


dispose of gas discharge lamps via domestic waste.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 309 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Gas discharge lamps contain metallic mercury (Hg) and traces of


thallium, they must not be destroyed.
 These components must be returned for proper recycling in
accordance with national legislation.
 Dispose of only in the designated containers at the responsible
collection point.

FOG LAMPS

Fog lamps

NOTE:  Additional information:

Owners Manual

--> Self Study Program

DTC recognition and display:

Vehicle electrical system control is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists troubleshooting
of fog lights.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Fog lamp, removing and installing

NOTE:  Illustrations depict removal and installation at left fog light.


 Vehicles from 12/06, the form of the fog light cover cap has changed.
Removal and installation of the fog light is done in the same way.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 310 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 394: Identifying Cover Caps


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release cover cap - 1 - from locking devices in - direction of arrow -.

Fig. 395: Releasing Cover Cap In Direction Of Arrow From Locking Devices & Removing Cover Cap
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release cover cap - 1 - in - direction of arrow - from locking devices and remove cover cap - 1 -.

Fig. 396: Identifying Hex Socket Head & Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 311 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove screws - 2 -.

Fig. 397: Identifying Headlamp Mounting Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolt - 1 - above headlamp and remove washer - 2 -.

Fig. 398: Identifying Fog Light Housing


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove fog light housing from bumper and disconnect harness connector - arrow -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Check headlamp for function.


 Check fog lamp adjustment and adjust if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Fog lamp , removing and installing

Removing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 312 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove fog lamp --> Fog lamp, removing and installing.

Fig. 399: Turning Lamp Socket In Direction Of Arrow & Removing It From Fog Lamp
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Turn lamp socket in - direction of arrow - and remove it from fog lamp.

The fog lamp bulb is permanently attached to the bulb socket and cannot be replaced separately.

Fog lamp bulb : H11 12 V/55 W

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Tighten mounting bolts to specified tightening torque --> Tightening Torques: Fog lamps.
 Next, check function of headlamp.
 Check fog light adjustment and adjust if necessary --> 01 - MAINTENANCE .

Fog lamp, checking

Fog lamps (Left Front Fog Lamp L22 and Right Front Fog Lamp L23) can be checked via output Diagnostic
Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519.

Fog lamp, adjusting

Adjusting fog lights --> 01 - MAINTENANCE

Fog lights (model variation)

On vehicles with increased fording depth (PR no. 6GB, 6GC), an additional fog light venting valve is installed.
It prevents the fog lights from fogging.

NOTE:  When replacing the fog light, a new venting valve should be used.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 313 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

EXTERIOR MIRROR TURN SIGNAL LAMP AND ENTRY LAMP IN OUTSIDE MIRROR

Exterior mirror turn signal lamp and Entry lamp in outside mirror

NOTE:  Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

General Description:

Exterior mirror turn signal lamps (side turn signal lights) are installed in exterior mirror housing.

Fig. 400: Identifying Mirror Turn Signals And Entry Lights In Exterior Mirror
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

In addition, there is one entry lamp each in exterior mirror housings which illuminate the dark entry area around
opened drivers and front passengers door.

1 - Drivers Entry Lamp (in outside mirror) W52 and Front Passengers Entry Lamp (in outside mirror) W53

2 - Drivers Exterior Mirror Turn Signal Lamp L131 and Front Passengers Exterior Mirror Turn Signal Lamp
L132

DTC recognition and display:

Comfort system is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD), which assists troubleshooting of exterior mirror
turn signal lamp and entry lamps in exterior mirror.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Mirror turn signals

Left Mirror Turn Signal Lamp L131 and Right Mirror Turn Signal Lamp L132 , removing and installing

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 314 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  No standard lamps are installed in mirror turn signals, rather long-lasting
light-emitting diodes (LEDs).
 If damaged, the entire turn signal must be replaced.
 Removing and installing drivers side lamp and passengers side lamp is
performed in the same manner on both sides and is only described for one
side.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Removing lamp for mirror flasher --> 66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Installing:

 Installing mirror turn signal lamp --> 66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Mirror turn signal lamp , checking

Left Mirror Turn Signal Lamp L131 and Right Mirror Turn Signal Lamp L132 can be checked via output
Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Comfort System Central Control Module J393.

Entry lamps in exterior mirrors

Drivers Entry Lamp (in outside mirror) W52 and Front Passengers Entry Lamp (in outside mirror) W53 , removing and
installing

NOTE:  Removing and installing drivers side light and passengers side light is
performed in the same manner on both sides and is only described for one
lamp.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove entry lamp in outside mirror --> 66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 315 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 401: Identifying Socket With Bulb And Housing


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove socket with lamp - 1 - from housing - 2 -.

Fig. 402: Identifying Bulb And Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove plug-in socket lamp from holder.

Plug-in socket lamp: 12 V, 5 W

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Drivers Entry Lamp (in outside mirror) W52 and Front Passengers Entry Lamp (in outside mirror) W53 , checking

Drivers Entry Lamp (in outside mirror) W52 and Front Passengers Entry Lamp (in outside mirror) W53 can be
checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Comfort System Central Control Module J393.

TAILLIGHTS

Taillights
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 316 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Taillights

S - Taillamps

B - Brake lights

B - Turn signals

R - Back-up lights

NOTE:  Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

DTC recognition and display:

Comfort System and Vehicle Electrical System are equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists
troubleshooting of tail light assemblies.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Taillights in side panel, assembly overview

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 317 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 403: Taillights In Side Panel, Assembly Overview


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

- Tightening torques --> Tightening Torques: Taillamp assembly in side panel

1 - Connector

 For taillamp assembly in side panel

2 - Bulb holder

 Removing and installing --> Taillight bulb carrier in side panel, removing and installing

3 - Left Rear Turn Signal Lamp M6 and Right Rear Turn Signal Lamp M8

 12 V/PY 21 W

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 318 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Checking

4 - Left Brake/Tail Light M21 and Right Brake/Tail Light M22

 12 V/P 21 W/4 W
 Checking

5 - Cover

6 - Screws

 For taillamp assembly in side panel

7 - Lock nut

8 - Housing

 Removing and installing --> Taillights in side panel, removing and installing
 Gap dimensions --> Taillight gap dimensions

NOTE:  Gap dimensions of tail light assembly in side panel can only be adjusted
using the adjustable tail light assembly carrier which is not installed at the
factory.
 Adjustable tail light assembly carrier in side panel --> Adjustable taillamp
assembly carrier in side panel

9 - Ball head

10 - Plastic clip nut

 Replace for every removal of the taillamp assembly

11 - Bracket

 Installing adjustable tail light assembly carrier

Taillights in side panel, removing and installing

Removing:

CAUTION:  Do not pry out back-up light using a screwdriver, plastic wedge or
similar tool.
 There is the danger of damaging the taillamp assembly or vehicle
paint.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 319 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 If taillamp assembly cannot be disengaged by hand, the hook for


front end 3370 can be used as an aid as described below.

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 404: Identifying Mounting Bolt cover Caps


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Unclip cover caps - arrows - of mounting bolts at tail light assembly.

Fig. 405: Identifying Tail Light Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screws - arrows -.

NOTE:  Housing for taillamp assembly is also secured to mounting bolts with a
ball head in a securing clip. For deviating gap dimensions, an adjustable
taillamp assembly carrier must be installed with a plastic clip nut -->
Adjustable taillamp assembly carrier in side panel.

CAUTION:  Taillamp assembly may be destroyed.


 Do not tip and turn taillamp assembly too far in direction of arrow 1 in
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 320 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 406, otherwise the taillamp lens will break.


 If taillamp assembly cannot be disengaged by hand, the hook for
front end 3370 can be used as an aid.

Fig. 406: Rotating Taillamp Assembly In Direction Of Arrow Until Housing Can Be Seen At Upper Gap,
While Simultaneously Pulling Taillamp Assembly In Direction Of Arrow
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Rotate taillamp assembly in - direction of arrow 1 - until housing can be seen at upper gap.
Simultaneously pull taillamp assembly by hand in - direction of arrow 2 -.

Fig. 407: Identifying Tail Lamp Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage harness connector - arrow - and disconnect it.

NOTE:  If taillamp assembly cannot be removed by hand, proceed as follows:

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 321 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 408: Identifying Special Hook 3370


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Special hook 3370

Fig. 409: Guiding Hook For Front End 3370 Into Gap Under Taillamp Assembly
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Cover bumper cover - 3 - with standard adhesive tape below taillamp assembly - 1 - to protect the paint.
 Guide hook for front end 3370 - 2 - into gap under taillamp assembly - 1 - as depicted in the illustration.

Fig. 410: Exploded View Of Taillamp Assembly


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 322 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully slide hook for front end 3370 on to position depicted in the illustration.

NOTE:  Magnified area in the illustration makes it clear at which location the hook
for front end 3370 must be positioned to pull out the taillamp assembly.

 Using the hand on the T-handle of hook for front end 3370 , pull taillamp assembly - 1 - toward rear.
 Support the pulling motion by also pulling and supporting with free hand in upper area of taillamp
assembly - arrow A -.

CAUTION:  Taillamp assembly wiring harness may be damaged.


 Carefully unlock taillamp assembly and pay attention to lengths of
connected wires.

Fig. 411: Identifying Tail Lamp Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage and disconnect harness connector - arrow -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  Plastic clip nut - 1 - must be replaced after each removal of the taillamp
assembly!

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 323 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 412: Identifying Ball Head & Plastic Clip Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Connect harness connector.


 Insert taillamp assembly housing into body cut-out and push ball head - 2 - into new plastic clip nut - 1 -
while doing so.
 Bring housing for tail light assembly into correct position to the body by hand, hold firmly and then
tighten mounting bolts.
 Check gap dimension --> Taillight gap dimensions.

Taillight bulb carrier in side panel, removing and installing

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove taillamp assembly in side panel --> Taillights in side panel, removing and installing.

Fig. 413: Releasing Retaining Straps & Removing Lamp Carrier


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release retaining straps - arrows - and remove lamp carrier - 1 -.

Installing:
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 324 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Install in reverse order of removal.

Adjustable taillamp assembly carrier in side panel

NOTE:  By e.g. damage to rear side panel or by replacing tail light assembly, it
may be necessary to adapt tail light assembly by reason of unacceptable
gap dimensions (body to tail light assembly). For this, an adjustable tail
light assembly carrier must be installed.
 For technical reasons, it is not possible to offer a side panel with hole-
punched holder for tail light assembly if repairs are required. In this case,
a specially developed adjustable tail light assembly carrier is available,
which must also be installed.

Fig. 414: Identifying Adjustable Lamp Carrier Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

The adjustable lamp carrier consists of:

 1x - A - Clip mount 1.2 mm with plastic clip nut


 2x - B - Spacer pieces, 1 mm
 2x - C - Spacer pieces, 0.5 mm
 1x - D - Threaded plate

 1x - E - Mounting bolt
 1x - F - Mounting bolt

Adjustable taillamp assembly carrier - assembly overview

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 325 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 415: Adjustable Taillamp Assembly Carrier - Assembly Overview


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Threaded plate (4.0 mm thick)

2 - Clip mount (1.2 mm thick)

3 - Plastic clip nut

4 - Mounting plate

5 - Spacer piece (0.5 mm thick)

6 - Socket head bolts

7 - Spacer piece (1.0 mm thick)

Adjustable taillamp assembly carrier, installing

Fig. 416: Adjustable Taillamp Assembly Carrier, Installing


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Prepare side panel for installation of adjustable tail light assembly carrier:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 326 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Place one spacer piece positioned at center on retaining plate and mark the diameters - G - and - H -.
 Drill holes to dimensions - G - = 8 mm and - H - = 22 mm using a center-bit.
 Perform the required corrosion protection measures Corrosion protection measures; corrosion protection.

Fig. 417: Removing/Installing Adjustable Tail Light Assembly Carrier


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Installing adjustable tail light assembly carrier:

 Place clip mount with plastic clip nut behind mounting plate.
 Place adjustment shims underneath as necessary, press on threaded plate with internal thread behind body
plate and screw in mounting bolts so that the carrier can still be positioned.
 Position carrier at center.
 Tighten mounting bolts to specified tightening torque --> Tightening Torques: Taillamp assembly in
side panel.

 Install tail light assembly --> Taillights in side panel, removing and installing.
 Check gap dimensions --> Taillight gap dimensions.

Fig. 418: Removing/Installing Adjustable Tail Light Assembly Carrier


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 327 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 If required, remove tail light assembly again, position lamp carrier anew or adjust using spacer pieces.

NOTE:  If it is necessary, the plastic clip nut in clip mount can be shortened at the
side overhangs - x -. This increases the adjustment range.

Taillights in rear lid, assembly overview

Fig. 419: Taillights In Rear Lid, Assembly Overview


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

- Tightening torques --> Tightening Torques: Taillamp assembly in rear lid

1 - Housing

 Removing and installing --> Taillights in rear lid, removing and installing

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 328 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Gap dimensions --> Taillight gap dimensions

2 - Left Back-Up Light M16 and Right Back-Up Light M17

 12 V/H 21 W
 Checking

3 - Left Tail Light Lamp 2 M49 and Right Tail Light Lamp 2 M50

 12 V/P 21 W/4 W
 Checking

4 - Bulb holder

 Removing and installing --> Taillight bulb carrier in side panel, removing and installing

5 - Connector

 For tail light assembly in rear lid

6 - Nuts

 For tail light assembly in rear lid

7 - Left Rear Fog Light L46 and Right Rear Fog Light L47

 12V/P 21 W
 Checking

Taillights in rear lid, removing and installing

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Open rear lid.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 329 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 420: Identifying Clip Service Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Clip service cover - 1 - out of locking mechanisms and pull off cover in - direction of arrow -.

Fig. 421: Identifying Tail Light Assembly Mounting Nuts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - arrow -.


 Remove mounting nuts - 1 - and remove housing for tail light assembly.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Bring housing for tail light assembly into correct position to the body by hand, hold firmly and then
tighten mounting nuts.
 Tighten mounting nuts to specified tightening torque --> Tightening Torques: Taillamp assembly in
rear lid.
 Check gap dimension of tail light assembly --> Taillight gap dimensions.

Taillight bulb carrier in rear lid, removing and installing

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 330 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Open rear lid.

Fig. 422: Identifying Clip Service Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Clip service cover - 1 - out of locking mechanisms and pull off cover in - direction of arrow -.

Fig. 423: Identifying Tail Light Assembly Mounting Nuts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - arrow -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 331 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 424: Releasing Retaining Strap & Remove Lamp Carrier


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release retaining strap - arrow - and remove lamp carrier - 1 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Taillight gap dimensions

Fig. 425: Taillight Gap Dimensions


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Gap dimension

 4 mm +/- 0.5 mm

2 - Gap dimension

 1.0 mm +/-0.2 mm

3 - Flushness

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 332 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 0.5 mm +/- 0.5 mm

LICENSE PLATE LIGHTS

License Plate Lights

NOTE:  Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

DTC recognition and display:

Comfort system is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists troubleshooting of license plate
lights.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Left License Plate Light X4 and Right License Plate Light X5 , removing and installing

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 426: Identifying License Plate Mounting Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - of Left License Plate Light X4 and Right License Plate Light X5.
 Remove Left License Plate Light X4 and Right License Plate Light X5.
 Disconnect harness connector of Left License Plate Light X4 and Right License Plate Light X5.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 333 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Left License Plate Light X4 and Right License Plate Light X5 , checking

Left License Plate Light X4 and Right License Plate Light X5 can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode
(DTM) Comfort System Central Control Module J393.

HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT M25

High-mount Brake Light M25

NOTE:  Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

DTC recognition and display:

Comfort system is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists troubleshooting of additional
brake lights.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

High-mount Brake Light M25 , removing and installing

NOTE:  Washer nozzle of rear window wiper is a component of High-mount Brake


Light M25 and cannot be adjusted.
 If wash sprays unevenly or does not spray the wiper area, replace High-
mount Brake Light M25 with wash (repair measure).

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 427: Releasing Cover From Locking Mechanisms


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 334 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Release cover - arrow - from locking mechanisms.

Fig. 428: Identifying Nuts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove nuts - arrows -.

Fig. 429: Identifying High-Mount Brake Light & Disconnect Harness Connector
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Lift rear spoiler with High-mount Brake Light M25 and disconnect 2-pin harness connector - 1 -.
 Disconnect hose connection - arrow - to wash of rear window wiper.
 Store the rear spoiler with High-mount Brake Light M25 on an appropriate surface.
 Remove bolts - 2 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 335 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 430: Identifying High-Mount Brake Light & Locking Mechanisms


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Clip High-mount Brake Light M25 - 1 - in - direction of arrow - out of locking mechanisms - 2 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  When installing rear spoiler with High-mount Brake Light M25 , make sure
that hose (Velcro connection) to wash of rear window wiper and line
(Velcro connection) to High-mount Brake Light M25 are fitted properly.

High-mount Brake Light M25 , checking

High-mount Brake Light M25 can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Comfort System
Central Control Module J393.

STEERING COLUMN SWITCH

Steering column switch

CAUTION: When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always perform the work
procedure as described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.
Not adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system components.

NOTE:  After installing a new Steering Column Electronic Systems Control Module
J527 , it must be coded --> Steering Column Electronic Systems Control
Module J527.
 If malfunctions occur at steering column switch, output Diagnostic Test
Mode (DTM) of Steering Column Electronic Systems Control Module J527
must be performed.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 336 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Additional information:

Owners Manual

--> Self Study Program

DTC recognition and display:

Steering Column Electronic Systems Control Module J527 is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD)
which assists troubleshooting.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Steering column switch - assembly overview

NOTE:  The following components of the steering column switch cannot be


disassembled:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 337 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 431: Steering Column Switch - Assembly Overview


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

- Tightening torques --> Tightening Torques: Steering column switch

NOTE:  Also, if only one individual component of steering column switch is


removed or replaced, the sequence as described in --> Steering column
switch, disassembling and assembling must always be followed.

1 - Steering Column Electronic Systems Control Module J527

 Removing and installing --> Steering column switch, disassembling and assembling
 Coding
 Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
 Multi-pin connector assignment --> Steering column switch, pin assignment
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 338 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

2 - Steering column

3 - Left trim of steering column switch

 On Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch E389 at left

4 - Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch E389 at left

 Removing and installing --> Steering column switch, disassembling and assembling
 Multi-pin connector assignment --> Steering column switch, pin assignment

5 - Bracket

 On Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch E389 at left

6 - Torx bolt

 For mounting Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch E389 at left and right sides

7 - Bracket

 For multi-pin harness connectors of Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch E389 , Airbag Spiral Spring/Return
Spring With Slip Ring F138 and Steering Angle Sensor G85

8 - Multi-pin harness connector Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch E389

 Multi-pin connector assignment --> Steering column switch, pin assignment

9 - Bracket

 At steering wheel tiptronic switch E389 , right

10 - Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch E389 at right

 Removing and installing --> Steering column switch, disassembling and assembling
 Multi-pin connector assignment --> Steering column switch, pin assignment

11 - Right trim of steering column switch

12 - Torx bolt

 For mounting Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch E389 at left and right sides

13 - Windshield wiper switch

 Removing and installing --> Steering column switch, disassembling and assembling
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 339 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 "Windshield wiper switch" consists of the components Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch E22 and
Windshield Wiper Intermittent Regulator E38
 Multi-pin connector assignment --> Steering column switch, pin assignment

14 - Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring F138 and steering angle sensor G85

 Removing and installing --> Steering column switch, disassembling and assembling

15 - Socket head bolt

 For fastening steering column switch

16 - Turn Signal Switch

 Removing and installing --> Steering column switch, disassembling and assembling
 Depending on equipment, the "turn signal switch" consists of the Turn Signal Switch E2 , Headlamp
Dimmer/Flasher Switch E4 , Parking Lamp Switch E19 and Adaptive Cruise Control Button E357
 Multi-pin connector assignment --> Steering column switch, pin assignment

Steering column switch, removing and installing

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 432: Release Lever T10039


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release lever T10039

Removing:

NOTE:  Wheels must be located in straight ahead position.


 Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring With Slip Ring F138 and Steering Angle
Sensor G85 must not be twisted out of center position during removal.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 340 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring With Slip Ring F138 and Steering Angle
Sensor G85 remain on steering column switch during removal.

 Using electric or mechanical adjustment mechanism, drive steering wheel out completely and move to
lowest position.

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.


 Remove the driver airbag --> 69 - PASSENGER PROTECTION - AIRBAGS, SEAT BELTS .
 Remove steering wheel --> 69 - PASSENGER PROTECTION - AIRBAGS, SEAT BELTS .

Fig. 433: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screws - arrows -.

Fig. 434: Identifying Trim Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 341 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Pry trim panel - arrow - at right out of locking mechanisms using wedge T10039/1 and slide outward.
 Trim panel at left is arranged symmetrically and must be pried out of locking mechanisms using wedge
T10039/1 and pushed outward.

NOTE:  Do not disassemble the covers.

Fig. 435: Identifying Upper/Lower Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Move upper trim - arrow - of steering column switch upward and remove trim.
 Move lower trim - arrow - of steering column switch downward and remove trim.

Fig. 436: Identifying Socket Head Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove hex socket head bolt - arrow - , beneath steering column switch.
 Remove the steering column switch.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 342 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 437: Identifying Retaining Clip Of Wiring Harness


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press the retaining clip off from the wiring harness - arrow -.

Fig. 438: Identifying Connectors For Steering Column Switch


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connectors - arrows - from steering column switches.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 343 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 439: Identifying Socket Head Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Tighten hex socket head bolt - arrow - to specified tightening torque --> Tightening Torques: Steering
column switch.

Fig. 440: Guiding In Lower Steering Column Switch Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Guide in the lower steering column switch cover as shown - arrows -.


 Install steering wheel --> 69 - PASSENGER PROTECTION - AIRBAGS, SEAT BELTS .
 Install airbag unit on drivers side --> 69 - PASSENGER PROTECTION - AIRBAGS, SEAT BELTS .

Steering column switch, disassembling and assembling

NOTE:  Also, if only one individual component of steering column switch is


removed or replaced, the sequence described in the following must always
be adhered to.

Disassembling:

 Remove steering column switch --> Steering column switch, removing and installing.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 344 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 441: Identifying Bolts On Bridge For Tiptronic Switch


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove both bolts - arrows - at bridge of Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch E389.

Fig. 442: Identifying Bolts On Tiptronic Switches


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove both bolts - arrows - at Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch E389.

Fig. 443: Identifying Retainer, Holder, And Multi-Pin Connectors


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 345 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Release locking mechanism - arrow - at multi-pin harness connector of Airbag Spiral Spring/Return
Spring With Slip Ring F138 and of Steering Angle Sensor G85 - 1 -.
 Carefully set aside bracket - 2 - with multi-pin harness connector for Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch
E389 - 3 -.

Fig. 444: Identifying Retainer On Bridge Of Right Tiptronic Switch


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release locking mechanism - arrows - at bridge of right Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch E389.
 Carefully set aside bridge with right Tiptronic switch.

Fig. 445: Identifying Retainer On Bridge Of Left Tiptronic Switch


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release locking mechanism - arrows - at bridge of left Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch E389 and
remove the complete Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch E389.
 Carefully remove Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring With Slip Ring F138 and Steering Angle Sensor
G85 from steering column switch.

NOTE:  Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring With Slip Ring F138 and Steering Angle
Sensor G85 must not be twisted out of center position during removal.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 346 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 446: Identifying Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 To remove "windshield wiper switch" , remove bolts - 2 -.


 Remove "windshield wiper switch".
 To remove "turn signal switch" , remove bolts - 1 -.
 Remove "turn signal switch".

 Remove Steering Column Electronic Systems Control Module J527 from "turn signal switch".

Assembly:

Assemble in reverse order of disassembly, observing the following:

NOTE:  If Steering Column Electronic Systems Control Module J527 is replaced, it


must be coded --> Steering Column Electronic Systems Control Module
J527.
 Make sure wires are routed correctly at steering column switch.

Steering column switch, pin assignment

Fig. 447: Steering Column Switch Pin Assignment


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:27 AM Page 347 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

I - Multi-pin connector for electrical Easy Entry

II - Multi-pin harness connector for Steering Wheel Tiptronic Switch E389

III - Multi-pin harness connector for Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring With Slip Ring F138 and Steering
Angle Sensor G85

IV - Multi-pin harness connector for voltage supply, CAN and terminal 15

I - Connector, 4-pin

Fig. 448: Identifying Multi-Pin Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Electrical Easy Entry on/off

2 - Direction selection

3 - Terminal 31, negative

4 - not in use

II - Connector, 5-pin

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 348 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 449: Identifying Multi-Pin Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - not in use

2 - not in use

3 - not in use

4 - Terminal 31, negative

5 - Tiptronic

III - Connector, 4-pin

Fig. 450: Identifying Multi-Pin Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

3 - Spiral spring connection

4 - Spiral spring connection

5 - Spiral spring connection

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 349 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

6 - Spiral spring connection

IV - Connector, 16-pin

Fig. 451: Identifying Multi-Pin Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Terminal 31, negative

2 - Terminal 30, positive

3 - Powertrain-CAN, shielded

4 - not in use

5 - CCS switch setting "Off"

6 - not in use

7 - not in use

8 - CAN-comfort, Low

9 - CAN-comfort, High

10 - Drive system CAN High

11 - Drive system CAN Low

12 - not in use

13 - Terminal 15

14 - not in use

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 350 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

15 - not in use

16 - not in use

Steering Column Electronic Systems Control Module J527

Steering Column Electronic Systems Control Module J527 , coding

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Steering wheel electronics

 Functions of steering wheel electronics


 Code Control Module for steering wheel electronics

Steering Column Electronic Systems Control Module J527 , output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Steering wheel electronics

 Functions of steering wheel electronics


 Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of steering wheel electronics

REAR WINDOW OPENING

Rear window opening

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 351 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  Additional information:

Owners Manual

--> Self Study Program

DTC recognition and display:

Comfort System and Vehicle Electrical System are equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists
troubleshooting of rear window opening.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Rear window, emergency release

Fig. 452: Identifying Release Cable & Locking Mechanism


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

If vehicle voltage supply is disrupted or Rear Window Opening Button E361 is malfunctioning, rear window
can be opened by operating the emergency release.

 Remove lower trim for tailgate --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .


 Disengage release cable - 1 - out of locking mechanism - 2 -.
 Pull release cable - 1 - in - direction of arrow -.

Rear Window Opening Button E361 , removing and installing

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 352 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 453: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Removing:

 Remove wiper arm.

Fig. 454: Identifying Hex Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove hex nut - 1 -.


 Open rear window, rear window emergency release --> Rear window, emergency release.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 353 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 455: Identifying Release Cap


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release cap - 1 - in - direction of arrow - from locking devices and remove it.

Fig. 456: Identifying Insulation


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Slide insulation - 1 - to the side in - direction of arrow - and thus expose the harness connector.

Fig. 457: Identifying Electrical Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 354 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Disconnect electrical connection - arrow -.

Fig. 458: Identifying Rear Window Opening Button Nuts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove nuts - arrows -.


 Remove lock bracket - 1 - and wiper shaft with crank - 2 -.
 Remove Rear Window Opening Button E361.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

Fig. 459: Identifying Rear Window Opening Button Nuts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Tighten mounting nuts - arrows - to specified tightening torque --> Tightening Torques: Rear window
opening.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 355 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 460: Identifying Hex Nut


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Tighten hex nut - 1 - to specified tightening torque --> Tightening Torques: Rear window opening.
 Install wiper arm.

Rear Window Unlock Unit V312 , removing and installing

 Removing and installing Rear Window Unlock Unit V312 --> 55 - HOOD, LIDS .

ACCESS/START AUTHORIZATION

Access/start authorization

CAUTION: When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always perform the work
procedure as described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.
Not adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system components.

NOTE:  Access/Start Authorization Switch E415 (starter switch) with integrated


lock cylinder is one unit and can only be replaced completely.
 If Access/Start Control Module J518 is replaced, work sequence must be
performed.

General Description:

Access/Start Authorization Switch E415 possesses an electronic terminal control.

Anti-Theft Engine Disable Sensor D1 and Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid N376 are integrated in
Access/Start Authorization Switch E415 and cannot be replaced separately.

All malfunctions in relation to Access/Start Authorization Switch E415 are output via Access/Start Control
Module J518.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 356 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

For this vehicle, the ignition key removal lock is enabled electro-mechanically.

NOTE:  To remove ignition key in vehicles with automatic transmission, always


shift selector lever into position "P" and then switch off ignition.
Otherwise the Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid N376 prevents removal
of the ignition key (ignition key removal lock)!

Ignition key removal lock ensures that ignition key is secured against unintentional removal.

Ignition key removal lock can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Access/Start Control
Module J518.

DTC recognition and display:

Access/start authorization is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists troubleshooting.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Emergency release of ignition key

If the voltage supply in the vehicle has been interrupted, the ignition key can be removed by actuating the
emergency release.

 Turn the ignition key to the "OFF" position.

Fig. 461: Identifying Push-Button


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Depress the push-button - arrow - with a screwdriver and hold.


 The ignition key may now be removed.

Access/Start Authorization Switch E415

Access/Start Authorization Switch E415 , removing and installing


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 357 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

NOTE:  Access/Start Authorization Switch E415 with integrated lock cylinder,


integrated Anti-Theft Engine Disable Sensor D1 and integrated Ignition
Switch Key Lock Solenoid N376 is one component and can only be
replaced completely.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 462: Identifying Wrench T10152


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Wrench T10152

Fig. 463: Release Lever T10039


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release lever T10039


 Wedge T10039/1

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 358 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Removing:

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.


 Remove radio or radio-navigation system --> 91 RADIO, TELEPHONE, NAVIGATION, TRIP
COMPUTER .

Fig. 464: Identifying Trim Strip


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pry trim strip - 1 - out of locking mechanisms using wedge T10039/1.

Fig. 465: Placing Polydrive Key T10152 On Access/Start Authorization Switch E415 Into Cut-Outs Of
Mounting Nut
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Place polydrive key T10152 on Access/Start Authorization Switch E415 into cut-outs of mounting nut.
 Remove mounting nut of Access/Start Authorization Switch E415 and grasp Access/Start Authorization
Switch E415 through instrument cluster (radio or radio-navigation system removed) and guide
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 359 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Access/Start Authorization Switch E415 out.


 Disconnect multi-pin harness connector from Access/Start Authorization Switch E415.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 Tighten mounting nut of Access/Start Authorization Switch E415 by hand using polydrive key T10152.

NOTE:  Adaptation or coding of Access/Start Authorization Switch E415 after


removing or installing is not necessary.

Connector assignment of Access/Start Authorization Switch E415

Fig. 466: Access/Start Authorization Button E408 , Pin Assignment


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Connector, 12-pin

1 - Switch contact 2

2 - Solenoid for key lock

3 - Voltage supply, negative

4 - Anti-theft immobilizer, "shift lock"

5 - Switch contact 1

6 - Switch contact 6

7 - Switch contact 3

8 - Immobilizer, Data 2

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 360 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

9 - Voltage supply, positive

10 - Switch contact 5

11 - Switch contact 4

12 - Immobilizer, Data 1

Checking Access/Start Authorization Switch E415

Access/Start Authorization Switch E415 can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of
Access/Start Control Module J518.

Access/Start Authorization Button E408

The access/start authorization button E408 allows the vehicle to be started without actively using the ignition
key.

Access/start authorization button E408 , removing and installing

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.


 Remove gear selector cover --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Fig. 467: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 361 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove screws - arrows -.


 Disconnect electrical connector.
 Remove Access/Start Authorization Button E408.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  Adaptation or coding of Access/Start Authorization Button E408 after


removing and installing is not necessary.

Access/Start Control Module J518

Access/start control module J518 , removing and installing

Removing:

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.


 Remove lower storage compartment on drivers side --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Fig. 468: Push Locking Hooks Of Bracket Outward & Pull Access/Start Control Module J518 Behind
Bracket Forward
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Push locking hooks of bracket outward - arrows B - and pull Access/Start Control Module J518 - 1 -
behind bracket forward - arrow A -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 362 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 469: Removing/Installing Access/Start Control Module J518 Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release - arrow A - locking mechanism - 1 - of multi-pin harness connector - 2 -.


 Disconnect - arrow B - multi-pin harness connector - 2 - from Access/Start Control Module J518.
 Disengage multi-pin harness connector - 3 - and disconnect it from Access/Start Control Module J518 -
arrow C -.
 Remove Access/Start Control Module J518 from bracket.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 The strap - 1 - for Access/Start Control Module J518 must first be inserted into guide at top.

Fig. 470: Exploded View Of Strap Guide & Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 363 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Next, strap - 2 - is clipped into bracket.

NOTE:  If Access/Start Control Module J518 is replaced, work sequence must be


performed.

Access/Start Control Module J518 , replacing

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Anti-theft Immobilizer

 Functions
 Replacing the access/start control module

Access/Start Control Module J518 , output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)

The following components (depending on equipment) can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
of Access/Start Control Module J518 :

 Electronic steering column lock


 Activation of voltage supply relay, terminal 15
 Activation of voltage supply relay, terminal 15SV
 Activation of voltage supply relay, terminal 75X

 Ignition key removal lock


 Ignition/Starter Switch
 Access/Start Authorization antenna

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 364 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Body
 Body repair procedures
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Access/start authorization

 Functions
 Access/Start Control Module -J518-, output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)

Antenna and sensors for Access/Start Authorization

Antenna and sensors for Access/Start Authorization - assembly overview

Fig. 471: Antenna And Sensors For Access/Start Authorization - Assembly Overview
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 365 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

1 - Rear left outer door handle

The following components are integrated in left rear outside door handle:

 Left access/start authorization antenna R134


 Left Rear Outside Door Handle Touch Sensor G417
 Left Rear Outside Door Handle Central Locking Button E371

NOTE:  Left Access/Start Authorization Antenna R134 has two parts. The first part
is located in the front outside door handle on drivers side. The second part
is also located on drivers side, but in the rear outside door handle. The
antennae must also be replaced separately (front and rear).
 The complete outer door handle must always be replaced if
malfunctioning.
 No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary when outside door
handle is replaced.
 Removing and installing left rear outside door handle
 Checking Left Access/Start Authorization Antenna R134

2 - Drivers side outside door handle

The following components are integrated in drivers side outside door handle:

 Left access/start authorization antenna R134


 Drivers Outside Door Handle Touch Sensor G415
 Drivers Outside Door Handle Central Locking Button E369

NOTE:  Left Access/Start Authorization Antenna R134 has two parts. The first part
is located in the front outside door handle on drivers side. The second part
is also located on drivers side, but in the rear outside door handle. The
antennae must also be replaced separately (front and rear).
 The complete outer door handle must always be replaced if
malfunctioning.
 No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary when outside door
handle is replaced.
 Removing and installing driver-side outside door handle
 Checking Left Access/Start Authorization Antenna R134

3 - Interior Access/Start Authorization Antenna 2 R139

 Component location: in center console, front


 Removing and installing
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 366 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Checking

4 - Interior Access/Start Authorization Antenna 1 R138

 Component location: In front of shift lever


 Removing and installing
 Checking

5 - Passengers side outside door handle

The following components are integrated in passengers side outside door handle:

 Right access/start authorization antenna R135


 Front Passengers Outside Door Handle Touch Sensor G416
 Front Passengers Outside Door Handle Central Locking Button E370

NOTE:  Right Access/Start Authorization Antenna R135 has two parts. The first
part is located in the front outside door handle on passengers side. The
second part is also located on passengers side, but in the rear outside
door handle. The antennae must also be replaced separately (front and
rear).
 The complete outer door handle must always be replaced if
malfunctioning.
 No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary when outside door
handle is replaced.
 Removing and installing passenger-side outside door handle
 Checking Right Access/Start Authorization Antenna R135

6 - Right rear outside door handle

The following components are integrated in right rear outside door handle:

 Right access/start authorization antenna R135


 Right Rear Outside Door handle Touch Sensor G418
 Right Rear Outside Door Handle Central Locking Button E372

NOTE:  Right Access/Start Authorization Antenna R135 has two parts. The first
part is located in the front outside door handle on passengers side. The
second part is also located on passengers side, but in the rear outside
door handle. The antennae must also be replaced separately (front and
rear).
 The complete outer door handle must always be replaced if

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 367 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

malfunctioning.
 No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary when outside door
handle is replaced.
 Removing and installing right rear outside door handle
 Checking Right Access/Start Authorization Antenna R135

7 - Access/start authorization antenna (in rear bumper) R136

NOTE:  Access/Start Authorization Antenna (in rear bumper) R136 has two parts.
The first part is located in left side of rear bumper. The second part is
located in right side of rear bumper.
 Removing and installing
 Checking

8 - Luggage compartment access/start authorization antenna R137

NOTE:  Depending on equipment, Luggage Compartment Access/Start


Authorization Antenna R137 is located at three different positions in
luggage compartment.
 Removing and installing
 Checking

Driver-side outside door handle, removing and installing

The following components are integrated in drivers side outside door handle:

 Left access/start authorization antenna R134


 Drivers Outside Door Handle Touch Sensor G415
 Drivers Outside Door Handle Central Locking Button E369

NOTE:  Left Access/Start Authorization Antenna R134 has two parts. The first part
is located in the front outside door handle on drivers side. The second part
is also located on drivers side, but in the rear outside door handle. The
antennae must also be replaced separately (front and rear).
 The complete outer door handle must always be replaced if
malfunctioning.
 No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary when outside door
handle is replaced.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 368 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove left front outside door handle --> 57 - FRONT DOORS, CENTRAL LOCKING SYSTEM .

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Passenger-side outside door handle, removing and installing

The following components are integrated in passengers side outside door handle:

 Right access/start authorization antenna R135


 Front Passengers Outside Door Handle Touch Sensor G416
 Front Passengers Outside Door Handle Central Locking Button E370

NOTE:  Right Access/Start Authorization Antenna R135 has two parts. The first
part is located in the front outside door handle on passengers side. The
second part is also located on passengers side, but in the rear outside
door handle. The antennae must also be replaced separately (front and
rear).
 The complete outer door handle must always be replaced if
malfunctioning.
 No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary when outside door
handle is replaced.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove right front outside door handle --> 57 - FRONT DOORS, CENTRAL LOCKING SYSTEM .

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Left rear outside door handle, removing and installing

The following components are integrated in left rear outside door handle:

 Left access/start authorization antenna R134


 Left Rear Outside Door Handle Touch Sensor G417
 Left Rear Outside Door Handle Central Locking Button E371

NOTE:  Left Access/Start Authorization Antenna R134 has two parts. The first part
is located in the front outside door handle on drivers side. The second part
is also located on drivers side, but in the rear outside door handle. The
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 369 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

antennae must also be replaced separately (front and rear).


 The complete outer door handle must always be replaced if
malfunctioning.
 No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary when outside door
handle is replaced.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove left rear outside door handle --> 58 - REAR DOORS .

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Right rear outside door handle, removing and installing

The following components are integrated in right rear outside door handle:

 Right access/start authorization antenna R135


 Right Rear Outside Door handle Touch Sensor G418
 Right Rear Outside Door Handle Central Locking Button E372

NOTE:  Right Access/Start Authorization Antenna R135 has two parts. The first
part is located in the front outside door handle on passengers side. The
second part is also located on passengers side, but in the rear outside
door handle. The antennae must also be replaced separately (front and
rear).
 The complete outer door handle must always be replaced if
malfunctioning.
 No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary when outside door
handle is replaced.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove right rear outside door handle --> 58 - REAR DOORS .

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Access/Start Authorization Antenna (in rear bumper) R136 , removing and installing

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 370 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  Access/Start Authorization Antenna (in rear bumper) R136 has two parts.
The first part is located on left side of rear bumper. The second part is
located on right side of rear bumper.
 No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary if Access/Start
Authorization Antenna (in rear bumper) R136 is replaced.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove rear bumper cover --> 63 - BUMPERS .

Fig. 472: Removing/Installing Antenna From Foam Piece Of Bumper Carrier


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connectors - arrows - of antennae.


 Remove antenna - 1 - and - 2 - from foam piece of bumper carrier.

Fig. 473: Exploded View Of Clip


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  Depending on equipment, second part of antenna - 1 - can be secured

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 371 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

directly to bumper carrier with two clips - 2 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Luggage Compartment Access/Start Authorization Antenna R137 , removing and installing

Fig. 474: Exploded View Of Access/Start Authorization Antenna R137


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Depending on equipment, Luggage Compartment Access/Start Authorization Antenna R137 - arrows - is


located at three different positions in luggage compartment.

NOTE:  No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary if Luggage


Compartment Access/Start Authorization Antenna R137 is replaced.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove storage area floor of luggage compartment from vehicle.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 372 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 475: Identifying Luggage Compartment Access/Start Authorization Antenna R137 & Connector
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - 2 -.
 Loosen the glued Luggage Compartment Access/Start Authorization Antenna R137 - 1 - from luggage
compartment floor.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Interior Access/Start Authorization Antenna 1 R138 , removing and installing

Fig. 476: Identifying Interior Access/Start Authorization Antenna 1 R138


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Interior Access/Start Authorization Antenna 1 R138 - arrow - is located in center console, in front of shift
lever.

NOTE:  No further coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary if Interior


Access/Start Authorization Antenna 1 R138 is replaced.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove center console --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 373 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 477: Identifying Interior Access/Start Authorization Antenna 1 R138 Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - 3 - for Interior Access/Start Authorization Antenna 1 R138 - 2 -.


 Remove bolt - 5 -.
 Guide retaining tab - 1 - for Interior Access/Start Authorization Antenna 1 R138 - 2 - out of mount - 4 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Interior Access/Start Authorization Antenna 2 R139 , removing and installing

Fig. 478: Locating Interior Access/Start Authorization Antenna 2 R139


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Interior Access/Start Authorization Antenna 2 R139 - arrow - is located in front portion of center console.

NOTE:  No coding, basic setting or adaptation is necessary if Interior Access/Start


Authorization Antenna 2 R139 is replaced.

Removing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 374 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Depending on equipment, remove either Rear A/C Control Head (Climatronic) E265 --> 87 AIR
CONDITIONING , or front portion of center console --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Fig. 479: Identifying Interior Access/Start Authorization Antenna 2 R139 Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - 1 - for Interior Access/Start Authorization Antenna 2 R139 - 3 -.


 Remove bolt - 2 -.
 Guide retaining tab - 4 - for Interior Access/Start Authorization Antenna 2 R139 - 3 - out of mount - 5 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

PARKING AID

Parking aid

NOTE:  Familiarity with the function and operation of the parking aid is essential
when addressing customer complaints.
 Additional information:

Owners Manual

--> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations

General information

The parking assistance system assists the driver during parking by signaling acoustically and optically the
distance to an obstruction in front of or behind the vehicle.

The parking aid system consists of:


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 375 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

The following functions and components can be adapted:

 Adapting Parking Aid Loudspeaker R169


 Offset attachments (trailer hitch, Offroad spare wheel)

DTC recognition and display:

The parking aid system is equipped with On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capabilities which assists in
troubleshooting.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Perform output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) to test the entire parking assistance system.

Parking assistance system - assembly overview

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 376 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 480: Parking Assistance System - Assembly Overview


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Right front parking aid sensor

 Right Front Parking Aid Sensor G252 in front bumper cover


 Right Front Center Parking Aid Sensor G253 in front bumper cover
 Right Front Inner Parking Aid Sensor G333 in front bumper cover
 Removing and installing --> Front sensors for parking assistance, removing and installing

 Checking

2 - Left front parking aid sensor

 Left Front Parking Aid Sensor G255 in front bumper cover

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 377 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Left Front Center Parking Aid Sensor G254 in front bumper cover
 Left Front Inner Parking Aid Sensor G332 in front bumper cover
 Removing and installing --> Front sensors for parking assistance, removing and installing

 Checking

3 - Left front parking aid display Y13

 Above storage compartment in center of instrument cluster


 Removing and installing --> Left Front Parking Aid Display Y13 , removing and installing
 Checking

4 - Parking Aid Loudspeaker R169

 On bracket for relay carrier and Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 in front left foot well
 Removing and installing --> Parking Aid Loudspeaker R169 , removing and installing
 Checking
 Adapting

5 - Parking Aid Button E266

 In instrument cluster, center


 Switch in center of instrument cluster, removing and installing --> Switch in center of instrument
panel, removing and installing

6 - Rear parking aid display Y15

 In molded headliner above rear window


 Removing and installing --> Rear Parking Aid Display Y15 , removing and installing
 Checking

7 - Parking Aid Control Module J446

 Behind the side panel trim in luggage compartment, left side


 Removing and installing

8 - Sensor for parking, rear

 Left Rear Parking Aid Sensor G203 in rear bumper cover


 Left Rear Center Parking Aid Sensor G204 in rear bumper cover
 Left Rear Inner Parking Aid Sensor G334 in rear bumper cover
 Right Rear Parking Aid Sensor G206 in rear bumper cover

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 378 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Right Rear Center Parking Aid Sensor G205 in rear bumper cover
 Right Rear Inner Parking Aid Sensor G335 in rear bumper cover
 Removing and installing --> Rear sensors for parking assistance, removing and installing
 Checking

Parking Aid Control Module J446 , removing and installing

Parking Aid Control Module J446 is located behind side panel trim in luggage compartment, left side.

Parking Aid Control Module J446 , removing and installing

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove left side panel trim --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM

Fig. 481: Identifying Parking Air Control Module Connectors


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connectors - arrows -.

Fig. 482: Identifying Parking Air Control Module Screws

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 379 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pry out pins - arrows - from clips.


 Remove Parking Aid Control Module J446 together with bracket out of vehicle.

Fig. 483: Removing/Installing Retaining Tabs & Removing Parking Aid Control Module J446 From
Bracket
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove Parking Aid Control Module J446 from bracket.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Adaptation of Parking Aid Control Module J446

The following functions can be adapted:

 Adapting front warning tone


 Adapting rear warning tone (only when 2 systems are installed)
 Offset attachments (trailer hitch, Offroad spare wheel)

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Body repair procedures
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 380 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Parking aid

 Functions
 Adaptation

Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Parking Aid Control Module J446

The following components can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM):

 Left Front Parking Aid Sensor G255 in front bumper cover


 Left Front Center Parking Aid Sensor G254 in front bumper cover
 Left Front Inner Parking Aid Sensor G332 in front bumper cover
 Right Front Parking Aid Sensor G252 in front bumper cover

 Right Front Center Parking Aid Sensor G253 in front bumper cover
 Right Front Inner Parking Aid Sensor G333 in front bumper cover
 Left Rear Parking Aid Sensor G203 in rear bumper cover
 Left Rear Center Parking Aid Sensor G204 in rear bumper cover

 Left Rear Inner Parking Aid Sensor G334 in rear bumper cover
 Right Rear Parking Aid Sensor G206 in rear bumper cover
 Right Rear Center Parking Aid Sensor G205 in rear bumper cover
 Right Rear Inner Parking Aid Sensor G335 in rear bumper cover

 Parking Aid Loudspeaker R169


 Left front parking aid display Y13
 Rear parking aid display Y15

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Body repair procedures
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Parking aid

 Functions
 Diagnostic test mode
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 381 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Parking Aid Button E266 , removing and installing

 Parking Aid Button E266 , removing and installing --> Switch in center of instrument panel, removing
and installing.

Front sensors for parking assistance, removing and installing

6 sensors are located in front bumper cover.

NOTE:  Removal and installation of sensors for parking assistance, front, is


performed in the same way for all sensors and is only described for one
sensor.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 484: Identifying Release Tool T10345


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release tool T10345

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

CAUTION: The sequence of removal of the sensors must be strictly followed.

Otherwise, the sensor may be damaged. If the force exerted on a sensor is


too large, hair cracks can develop which in turn can lead to sensor failure.

First remove the sensors from the brackets with the removal tool and then
disconnect the sensor connectors.

 Remove front bumper cover --> 63 - BUMPERS .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 382 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 485: Removing/Installing Retaining Tabs With Release Tool T10345 & Remove Sensor With
Connector
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - with Release Tool T10345 and remove sensor with connector
connected from bumper cover.

NOTE:  Make sure that the sensor seal does not remain in bumper cover.

Fig. 486: Identifying Sensor Electrical Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect electrical connection - arrow -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

CAUTION: There is the risk of malfunction if an incorrect or damaged decoupling ring


is installed.

Replace damaged decoupling rings and make sure the correct decoupling

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 383 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

ring is installed.

 If necessary, replace sensor seal (decoupling ring).

Fig. 487: Identifying Decoupling Ring


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Check whether correct seal (decoupling ring) is installed. A black silicone ring - 1 - must be installed.

NOTE:  Primarily, the decoupling ring has the function of decoupling the
vibrations between sensor diaphragm and sensor bracket. It also centers
the sensor diaphragm in the respective sensor bracket.

Fig. 488: Identifying Dimension Of Decoupling Ring


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Check the correct seating of the sensor. Dimension - a - must be evenly all around.

Rear sensors for parking assistance, removing and installing

6 sensors are located in rear bumper cover.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:28 AM Page 384 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  Removal and installation of sensors for parking assistance, rear, is


performed in the same way for all sensors and is only described for one
sensor.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 489: Identifying Release Tool T10345


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release tool T10345

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

CAUTION: The sequence of removal of the sensors must be strictly followed.

Otherwise, the sensor may be damaged. If the force exerted on a sensor is


too large, hair cracks can develop which in turn can lead to sensor failure.

First remove the sensors from the brackets with the removal tool and then
disconnect the sensor connectors.

 Remove rear bumper cover --> 63 - BUMPERS .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 385 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 490: Locating Retaining Tabs And Sensor At Bumper Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - with Release Tool T10345 and remove sensor with connector
connected from bumper cover.

NOTE:  Make sure that the sensor seal does not remain in bumper cover.

Fig. 491: Sensor For Parking Assistance Electrical Connection


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect electrical connection - arrow -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

CAUTION: There is the risk of malfunction if an incorrect or damaged decoupling ring


is installed.

Replace damaged decoupling rings and make sure the correct decoupling
ring is installed.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 386 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 If necessary, replace sensor seal (decoupling ring).

Fig. 492: Identifying Decoupling Ring


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Check whether correct seal (decoupling ring) is installed. A black silicone ring - 1 - must be installed.

NOTE:  Primarily, the decoupling ring has the function of decoupling the
vibrations between sensor diaphragm and sensor bracket. It also centers
the sensor diaphragm in the respective sensor bracket.

Fig. 493: Identifying Dimension Of Decoupling Ring


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Check the correct seating of the sensor. Dimension - a - must be evenly all around.

Left Front Parking Aid Display Y13 , removing and installing

Left Front Parking Aid Display Y13 is located above storage compartment in center of instrument cluster.

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 387 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available


adhesive tape.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 494: Removing/Installing Instrument Cluster Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry off cover from instrument cluster - arrows -.

Fig. 495: Identifying Left Front Parking Aid Display Y13 From Instrument Cluster
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pry out Left Front Parking Aid Display Y13 from instrument cluster - arrows -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 388 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 496: Identifying Left Front Parking Aid Display Y13 Electrical Connector
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect electrical connection - arrow -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Rear Parking Aid Display Y15 , removing and installing

Rear Parking Aid Display Y15 is installed in molded headliner above rear window.

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 497: Identifying Rear Parking Aid Display Y15 From Molded Headliner
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 389 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry out Rear Parking Aid Display Y15 from molded headliner - arrows -.

Fig. 498: Identifying Rear Parking Aid Display Y15 From Molded Headliner Electrical Connector
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect electrical connection - arrow -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Parking Aid Loudspeaker R169 , removing and installing

Parking Aid Loudspeaker R169 is located on bracket for relay carrier and Vehicle Electrical System Control
Module J519 in front left foot well.

 Remove foot well cover, drivers side --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .


 Remove relay carrier in front left foot well --> Relay carrier in front left foot well, removing and
installing.

Fig. 499: Identifying Parking Aid Loudspeaker R169 & Bracket


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 390 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pry Parking Aid Loudspeaker R169 - 1 - from bracket using a screwdriver - 2 -.

Fig. 500: Identifying Electrical Connection


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect electrical connection - arrow -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

SIDE SCAN LANE CHANGE ASSISTANCE

General information

NOTE:  Before troubleshooting or servicing, the technicians must be familiar with


the function and operation of the Side Scan lane change assistance.
 For additional information, Operating instructions.

General Description:

Side Scan lane change assistance supports the driver with the help of radar sensors in the rear bumper cover that
monitor the blind angle and traffic behind the vehicle. Displays that inform the driver in two levels if Side Scan
lane change assistance has detected a vehicle on that side and if it deems the vehicle critical for a lane change
are installed on the inner side of the exterior mirror housing. In the "Information stage" , the displays in the
exterior mirrors light up and inform the driver that Side Scan lane change assistance has detected a vehicle on
that side and deems it critical to a lane change. If the turn signal is activated during the information stage, lane
change assistance switches to the "warning stage" and respective display in the exterior mirror blinks rapidly
and brightly.

Side Scan lane change assistance is operated using the assistance systems button in the turn signal lever and the
instrument cluster display. While driving, important information is shown in the instrument cluster display.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 391 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

DTC recognition and display:

Side Scan lane change assistance is equipped with OBD that facilitates fault finding.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

To check the complete Side Scan lane change assistance system, perform output diagnostic test mode --> Lane
Change Assistance Control Modules , output diagnostic test mode.

Side Scan lane change assistance components:

 Lane Change Assistance Control Module J769 with radar sensor behind bumper cover in rear of vehicle
 Lane Change Assistance Control Module 2 J770 with radar sensor behind bumper cover in rear of vehicle
 Lane Change Assistance Warning Lamp (in drivers exterior mirror) K233
 Lane Change Assistance Warning Lamp (in front passengers exterior mirror) K234

Lane Change Assistance Control Module With Radar Sensor , removing and installing

The left Lane Change Assistance Control Module J769 or right Lane Change Assistance Control Module 2 J770
is combined into one unit with the radar sensor for the respective side. The Lane Change Assistance Control
Modules are located at the left and right behind the bumper cover.

NOTE:  If both Lane Change Assistance Control Modules or only the left Lane
Change Assistance Control Module J769 (master) is replaced, the lane
change assistance system must be first coded --> Lane Change
Assistance Control Modules , coding and then calibrated --> Side Scan
lane change assistance, calibrating after completing the assembly work.
 If only the (right) Lane Change Assistance Control Module 2 J770 (slave) is
changed, the lane change assistance system only has to be calibrated -->
Side Scan lane change assistance, calibrating after completing the
assembly work.

Removing:

NOTE:  The following describes the removal and installation of the right Lane
Change Assistance Control Module 2 J770 , removal and installation of the
left Lane Change Assistance Control Module J769 is done in the same
way.

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove rear bumper cover --> 63 - BUMPERS .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 392 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 501: Removing/Installing Three Mounting Bolts & Lane Change Assistance Control Module From
Bracket
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage and disconnect harness connector - 2 -.


 Remove three mounting bolts - arrows - and remove Lane Change Assistance Control Module - 3 - from
bracket - 1 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 After completing assembly work, calibrate Side Scan lane change assistance system --> Side Scan lane
change assistance, calibrating.

NOTE:  If both Lane Change Assistance Control Modules or only the left Lane
Change Assistance Control Module J769 (master) is replaced, the lane
change assistance system must be first coded --> Lane Change
Assistance Control Modules , coding and then calibrated --> Side Scan
lane change assistance, calibrating after completing the assembly work.
 If only the (right) Lane Change Assistance Control Module 2 J770 (slave) is
changed, the lane change assistance system only has to be calibrated -->
Side Scan lane change assistance, calibrating after completing the
assembly work.

Lane Change Assistance Warning Lamps in exterior mirror, removing and installing

Removal and installation of the Lane Change Assistance Warning Lamp (in drivers exterior mirror) K233 or
Lane Change Assistance Warning Lamp (in front passengers exterior mirror) (K234 is done in the same way
and is only described for one side in the following illustrations.

NOTE:  The brightness of the warning lights when operating depends on the
brightness of the surroundings and is controlled via the rain and light
sensor.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 393 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Removing:

 Remove mirror glass --> 66 - EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT

Fig. 502: Exploded View Of Electrical Harness Connector & Retaining Tab
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage and disconnect harness connector - 1 -.


 Release retaining tab - arrow A - and press Lane Change Assistance Warning Lamp (in exterior mirror) -
2 - outward out of mirror housing - arrow B -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  In the case of one or more faulty LEDs, the Lane Change Assistance
Warning Lamp (in exterior mirror) must be completely replaced.

CAUTION: Risk of slivers

The mirror glass can break

Wear protective gloves when carrying out this work

NOTE:  Make sure to press only in mirror center.

 Attach mirror glass at mirror adjusting unit and press on mirror glass.

Side Scan lane change assistance, calibrating

The left Lane Change Assistance Control Module J769 (master) or right Lane Change Assistance Control
Module 2 J770 (slave) is combined into one unit with the radar sensor for the respective side. They are located
behind the rear bumper cover and must be calibrated after:
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 394 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Removal and installation of the bumper cover


 Removal and installation of one or both lane change assistance control modules
 Each time the installation location of a lane change assistance control module is changed

Before the calibration procedure can be performed with the Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System
VAS 5051B , considerable preparation work must be performed.

Measurement set-up

Fig. 503: Identifying Measurement Set-Up


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Volkswagen logo

 The laser point is aligned on the center of the Volkswagen logo

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 395 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

2 - Wheel center sensor VAS 6350/1

 With wheel bolt adapter SW 16 and measuring paddle

3 - Catch bracket

 For mounting distance laser VAS 6350/2 for distance measurement


 Distance to wheel center sensors VAS 6350/1 on rear wheels: Dimension - a - = 1700 ± 2 mm.

4 - Water level

 On Calibration Device VAS 6350


 To check horizontal position of Calibration Device VAS 6350

5 - Calibration Device VAS 6350

6 - Plastic foot

 Qty. 3
 Adjustable in order to adjust horizontal position of Calibration Device VAS 6350

7 - Distance Laser VAS 6350/2

 For distance measurement


 Usage operating instructions

8 - Line Laser VAS 6350/3

 With "Laser eye protection"


 On Calibration Device VAS 6350
 Switching on and off operating instructions

9 - Measurement scale

 For positioning Lane Change Assistance Calibration Device VAS 6350/4


 Dimension to be adjusted measuring point on steel ruler = 773 mm

10 - Lane Change Assistance Calibration Device VAS 6350/4

 Is moved from right to left side of measuring field during calibration


 When installed correctly, vehicle electrical system voltage line must be connected at bottom left of
calibration device (as seen in direction of travel)

Preparatory work procedures for calibrating

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 396 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Before the calibration procedure can be performed with the Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System
VAS 5051B , considerable preparation work must be performed.

Requirements:

 Place vehicle on a solid, level surface


 Activate parking brake - vehicle must not move during measurement
 Place front wheels in straight-ahead position - steering wheel in 0 position
 On vehicles with air suspension, set vehicle height to middle position (display in instrument cluster
display)

 Remove sticker with metal foil from bumper cover if necessary


 No persons may be in the vehicle interior during the measurement
 Do not open and close the vehicle doors during calibration

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 504: Identifying Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing And Information System VAS 5051B
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051B with diagnostic cable VAS 5051/5 A

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 397 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 505: Identifying Calibration Device VAS 6350


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Calibration Device VAS 6350

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051B with Diagnostic Cable VAS
5051/5 A.

NOTE:  If an error message appears on the display , VAS 5051B operating


instructions.

 Switch on ignition.

Fig. 506: Identifying Wheel Pick-Ups On Wheel Mounting Bolts At Rear Wheels
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Secure three SW 19 wheel bolt adapters for wheel bolts on each Wheel Center Sensor VAS 6350/1.
 Insert measuring paddle on both wheel center sensors VAS 6350/1 and secure with lock nut.
 Place Wheel Center Sensor VAS 6350/1 on wheel bolts on both rear wheels.

 Wheel center sensor rotation center must be in wheel rotation center.

NOTE:  Place Wheel Center Sensor VAS 6350/1 on wheels so that "anti-theft wheel
bolts" are not connected with wheel center sensor.

 Adjust measuring paddle with aid of lock nuts so that they move freely just above the floor.

 The measuring paddles must move easily.


 The measuring paddles must be vertical.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 398 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 507: Determining Distance Between Calibration Device VAS 6350 And Rear Wheels
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Position Calibration Device VAS 6350 at distance - a - from rear wheels.

 Dimension - a - = 1700 2 mm.

Fig. 508: Identifying Laser Display


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Switch distance laser VAS 6350/2 on with ON button.

Display on VAS 6350/2 :

 "- - - m"

NOTE:  Laser is switched on at same time.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 399 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 509: Ensuring Laser Beam From Distance Laser VAS 6350/2 Hits Lower, Enlarged Part Of Paddle
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Hold the distance laser VAS 6350/2 - 2 - flush against the catch bracket, as shown in the illustration, for
the distance measurement.

 The distance laser VAS 6350/2 lie firmly against catch bracket.

 Ensure "laser beam" for distance measurement hits the lower enlarged portion of the measuring paddle - 1
-.

If this is not the case, measure paddle height must be corrected using lock nuts on Wheel Center Sensor VAS
6350/1.

Fig. 510: Identifying Display on VAS 6350/2


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Briefly press ON button for distance measurement.

Display on VAS 6350/2 :

 "1.700 m" (specified value: 1700 ± 2 mm).

 Repeat measurement procedure from left catch bracket to measurement paddle on left rear wheel.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 400 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 The value read off for distance must be identical on both sides.

If both measured values are not the same, adjust Calibration Device VAS 6350 accordingly.

Fig. 511: Identifying Dimension


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Secure lane change assistance calibration device VAS 6350/4 at left rear of Calibration Device VAS 6350
mount.

 When installed correctly, vehicle electrical system voltage line must be connected at bottom left of
calibration device (as seen in direction of travel).
 Dimension - a - = 850 mm (measured from upper edge of calibration device to workshop floor).

 The adjustment dimension is set with the measuring point - arrow - on the base of the calibration device
on the scale of the steel ruler - 1 -.

 Left setting = 773 mm (read on measurement scale - 1 -).

 Connect lane change assistance calibration device VAS 6350/4 to vehicle electrical system voltage.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 401 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 512: Identifying Center Of The Indicator


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Using the bubble level (level indicator) - arrow - , bring the Calibration Device VAS 6350 into a
horizontal position by turning the plastic bases.

Fig. 513: Switching Laser VAS 6350/3 On & Calibration Device VAS 6350 On
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Put on "Laser eye protection".


 Switch Line Laser VAS 6350/3 on Calibration Device VAS 6350 on.
 Align the entire Calibration Device VAS 6350 so that the laser beam shines on the center of the vehicle
rear above the VW logo.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 402 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 514: Ensuring Laser Beam From Distance Laser VAS 6350/2 Hits Lower, Enlarged Part Of Paddle
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Check right and left distance between catch bracket on Calibration Device VAS 6350 and measuring
paddle - 1 - on wheel sensors again.

 Specified value: 1700 ± 2 mm

Lane Change Assistance Control Module, calibrating.

Lane Change Assistance Control Module J769/J770 , calibrating

NOTE:  Before the actual calibration procedure for the lane change assistance
control modules, the Calibration Device VAS 6350 must be set up as
described in chapter.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 515: Identifying Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing And Information System VAS 5051B
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051B with diagnostic cable VAS 5051/5 A

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 403 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 516: Identifying Calibration Device VAS 6350


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Calibration Device VAS 6350

The following should not occur during the calibration procedure:

 Vehicle doors must not be opened or closed.


 People should not sit in the vehicle.
 People should not go between the vehicle and the lane change assistance calibration device VAS 6350/4.

Procedure

Fig. 517: Identifying Assistance Calibration Device VAS 6350/4 Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Switch lane change assistance calibration device VAS 6350/4 on at power switch - 3 -.

 The green LED - 1 - must light up.

NOTE:  If the red LED - 2 - lights up: Check lane change assistance calibration
device VAS 6350/4.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 404 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Body repair procedures
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Lane change assistance

 Functions
 Calibration - lane change assistance

 Follow further instructions on display of VAS 5051B.

Fig. 518: Switching Lane Change Assistance Calibration Device VAS 6350/4 Off & Moving Device
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

During the course of the program, a request is made to switch the lane change assistance calibration device
VAS 6350/4 from the left to the right side of the Calibration Device VAS 6350.

 Switch lane change assistance calibration device VAS 6350/4 off and move device.

 When installed correctly, vehicle electrical system voltage line must be connected at bottom left of
calibration device (as seen in direction of travel).
 Dimension - a - = 850 mm (measured from upper edge of calibration device to floor).
 Right setting = 773 mm (read on measurement scale - 1 -).
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 405 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 519: Identifying Assistance Calibration Device VAS 6350/4 Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Switch lane change assistance calibration device VAS 6350/4 on at power switch - 3 -.

 The green LED - 1 - must light up.

 Follow further instructions on display of VAS 5051B.

After successful lane change assistance calibration, switch the ignition off and disconnect the diagnostic
connector.

Lane Change Assistance Control Modules , output diagnostic test mode

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Body repair procedures
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Lane change assistance

 Functions
 Output diagnostic test mode - lane change assistance

Lane Change Assistance Control Modules , coding

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 406 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Body repair procedures
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Lane change assistance

 Functions
 Coding - lane change assistance

REARVIEW CAMERA SYSTEM

Rearview Camera System

NOTE:  Before troubleshooting or servicing, the technicians must be familiar with


the function and operation of the rearview camera system.
 For additional information, Operating instructions.
 When performing service work or fault-finding, use Vehicle Diagnosis,
Testing and Information System VAS 5051A or Vehicle Diagnosis and
Service System VAS 5052 in the function "Guided Fault Finding" , -->
Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations.
 When the battery is re-attached, remember to check the vehicle
accessories (radio, clock, electronic conveniences, etc.) according to the
article and/or the operators manual.

General Description:

The rearview camera system assists the driver during back-up driving by providing the driver with an image of
the traffic situation behind the vehicle via the monitor of the radio/navigation system. The system is a vehicle
option and is only available in conjunction with the "electronic parking assistance" system and radio/navigation
system "RNS MFD 2".

The system switches itself on by selecting the reverse driving gear, even when radio/navigation system is
switched off.

The rearview camera system consists of the following components:

 Rearview Camera R189 ,


 Rearview Camera System Control Module J772 ,
 Radio/Navigation Display Control Module J503 ,
 And steering wheel with Steering Angle Sensor G85.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 407 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  It is not permitted to install an auxiliary license plate holder for vehicles
with rearview camera system because it would impair the function of the
rearview camera system. License plate lights may also be impaired.

DTC recognition and display:

Rearview camera system is equipped with On Board Diagnostic (OBD).

When performing fault-finding, use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A or Vehicle
Diagnosis and Service System VAS 5052 in the function "Guided Fault Finding".

Rearview camera, removing and installing

Fig. 520: Identifying Component Location Of Rearview Camera In Rear Lid


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Component location of rearview camera in rear lid - arrow -

Rearview camera, removing from rear lid

Removing:

Before starting repair work, perform the following points:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

In order to remove the camera, the lower tailgate trim must be removed first, --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 408 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 521: Identifying Real Lid Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Unclip cover - A - from rear lid.

Fig. 522: Identifying Securing Clips


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Push both securing clips - arrows - inward out of assembly holes.

Fig. 523: Pulling Out Both Wiring Harnesses From Rear Lid Interior So That Harness Connectors In
Both Wiring Harnesses Emerge
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 409 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pull out both wiring harnesses - arrows - from rear lid interior so that harness connectors in both wiring
harnesses emerge.
 Press locking mechanisms of harness connectors and disconnect them.

Fig. 524: Identifying Emergency Release Cable Bracket Nuts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove both nuts on bracket for emergency release cable - arrows -.

Fig. 525: Removing/Installing Emergency Release Cable & Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove emergency release cable by moving gray plastic bracket in direction - A - and simultaneously
moving emergency release cable in direction - B - until both parts unhook from lock linkage and can be
removed.
 Press locking mechanism of harness connector and disconnect it.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 410 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 526: Identifying Rearview Camera Holder Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove both bolts - arrows - on rearview camera holder.

Fig. 527: Removing/Installing Rearview Camera & Retainer


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 While being careful of connected lines, remove rearview camera together with retainer in - direction of
arrow - from rear lid.

Remove rearview camera from holder.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 411 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 528: Identifying Wire Connection


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Make sure that wire connection is routed as depicted in the illustration - arrow -.

 After installing, clean rearview camera optical lens using a lint-free cloth so that later a clean image is
ensured.
 Calibrate the system anew, --> Rearview camera system, calibrating.

Removing rearview camera from holder

Removing:

Fig. 529: Identifying Review Camera Holder Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove both bolts - arrows -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 412 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 530: Removing/Installing Retaining Bracket & Rearview Camera


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove retaining bracket in - direction of arrow - and pull rearview camera - A - out of holder.
 Guide wire connection of rearview camera out through opening in retaining bracket.
 Separate securing clip from harness connector.

Now the harness connector fits through opening in retaining bracket and both parts can be disconnected from
each other.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Control module for rearview camera system, removing and installing

Control module is installed in luggage compartment behind right side wall trim.

Removing:

Before starting repair work, perform the following points:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 413 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 531: Identifying Center Loading Floor In Luggage Compartment


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove center loading floor - A - in luggage compartment.


 Remove cover from lock carrier --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Fig. 532: Locating Tie Downs & Screw


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove tie-downs - arrows -.

Fig. 533: Locating Tie Downs & Screw


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 414 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screw - A - and remove right loading floor.


 Remove right D-pillar trim --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM

Fig. 534: Identifying Screws & Interior Light


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove screws - A - and unclip interior light - B - from trim.

Fig. 535: Uncliping Trim from D-Pillar


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Unclip trim from D-pillar in - direction of arrow -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 415 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 536: Removing/Installing Trim At Side Window


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Unclip trim at side window in - direction of arrow -.

Fig. 537: Identifying Swing Trim & Camera System


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully swing trim - 1 - as far in - direction of arrow - so that control module for rearview camera
system - A - is accessible.

Fig. 538: Removing/Installing Control Module


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 416 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press both locking mechanisms - arrows - and remove control module for rearview camera system.

NOTE:  It is possible that the control module is also secured with Velcro on the
bottom. Then, carefully detach control module from base plate.

Fig. 539: Removing/Installing Harness Connector From Control Module


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press locking mechanism - A - and fold over the bracket in direction - B -. Then disconnect harness
connector from control module.

Fig. 540: Removing/Installing Control Module


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press locking mechanism - A - and pull harness connector out of control module in direction - B -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

If necessary, replace Velcro strips - arrows - on bottom of control module.


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 417 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Only if the control module has been replaced:

 Calibrate the system anew, --> Rearview camera system, calibrating.

Rearview camera system, calibrating

After performing service work on the vehicle, it may be necessary to calibrate the rearview camera system
anew. In detail, this is the case after:

 Removing and installing rearview camera


 Replacing the control module for rearview camera system
 After repair work performed on rear lid following an accident
 After a vehicle alignment

 After performing a repair at front or rear axle

Extensive preparatory work must be completed before the appropriate calibrating procedure can be performed
using diagnostic operation system VAS 5051A or vehicle diagnosis and service information system VAS 5052.
This is described in the following.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 541: Identifying Calibration Device VAS 6350


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Calibration Device VAS 6350

Preparatory work procedures for calibrating:

Vehicle must stand on a firm and level surface to perform the calibration. No persons may be in the
vehicle interior during the measurement. Vehicle must not be moved during the measurement, opening
and closing of vehicle doors is to be avoided, suspension should not be loaded and should be locked in
position to avoid movement during calibration.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 418 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  The standing height of vehicle is measured vertically from fender or lower
edge of side panel to center of wheel. Specified values can be found in
Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A.

Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and
Information Systems.

 Bring the Steering Angle Sensor G85 into 0-position (wheels straight ahead).

Overview of the assembled measuring device:

Fig. 542: Identifying VAS 6350/1 Sensor Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

1 - Wheel center sensor VAS 6350/1

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:29 AM Page 419 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

2 - Wheel center sensor VAS 6350/1

3 - Right-side angle bracket for mounting measuring unit for distance measurement

4 - Plastic foot

 Total of three on under side of measuring device


 Adjustable, for aligning horizontal position of measuring device

5 - Line Laser VAS 6350/3

 Switching on and off operating instructions

6 - Distance Laser VAS 6350/2

 Notes on operation, operating instructions

7 - Fluid level on measuring device

 For checking horizontal position of measuring device

8 - Left-side angle bracket for mounting measuring unit for distance measurement

9 - Calibration Device VAS 6350/4

 Distance to rear wheels 1.20 m-1.70 m - dimension A -

 Check which hole circle the rims have.


 Install the wheel pick-ups which fit the Touareg: For this purpose, secure three adapters for wheel
mounting bolts for Touareg on the hole circle with designation "120" or "130" on each wheel pick-up.
 Attach paddles to both wheel pick-ups VAS 6350/1 and secure them with clamping screw.

Fig. 543: Identifying Wheel Pick-Ups On Wheel Mounting Bolts At Rear Wheels
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 420 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Place Wheel Center Sensor VAS 6350/1 on wheel bolts on rear wheels. When doing this, the wheel pick-
ups are positioned by the O-rings in the adapters and held in place.

NOTE:  Attach wheel pick-ups on to wheels so that any installed anti-theft wheel
mounting bolts are not connected to the wheel pick-ups.

 Set the paddles via the clamping screw so that they are free to move just above the ground.

Make sure paddles move easily.

 Position Calibration Device VAS 6350/4 behind vehicle at a distance of 1.20 m - -1.70 m from the rear
wheels as depicted in the overview - dimension A -.

Fig. 544: Identifying Center Of The Indicator


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Bring Calibration Device VAS 6350/4 to a horizontal position. To do so, twist plastic feet under
calibration device so that air bubble in spirit level is located exactly in the center of the indicator - arrow
-.

Fig. 545: Aligning Calibration Device


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 421 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Switch on the laser on the calibration device - 1 - and align the entire calibration device so that laser beam
strikes on center of vehicle rear end above the VW logo.

Fig. 546: Identifying Laser Display


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Switch on the Distance Laser VAS 6350/2 for distance measurement with the ON button. The following
display appears and laser switches itself on:

Fig. 547: Ensuring Laser Beam From Distance Laser VAS 6350/2 Hits Lower, Enlarged Part Of Paddle
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Hold distance laser for distance measurement - 2 - flush into angle bracket on one side of calibration
device as shown in the illustration, distance laser must make contact firmly on angle bracket when doing
this.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 422 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 548: Ensuring Laser Beam From Distance Laser VAS 6350/2 Hits Lower, Enlarged Part Of Paddle
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Ensure the laser beam from the distance laser for distance measurement contacts the paddle - 1 - at the
lower, enlarged part.

If this is not the case, paddles must be corrected accordingly via the clamping screws on the wheel pick-ups.

Fig. 549: Identifying Display Readout


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Hold the distance laser for distance measurement firmly by the hand in the angle bracket on the
measuring device while the laser beam can be seen on the paddle. Now press the ON button briefly for
the distance measurement. When doing this, the following display appears on screen:

The distance measurement is specified on the display in "meters".

 Note the value read off.


 Repeat measuring procedure in the same manner for the other rear wheel on the other side of the
calibration device.

The value read off for distance must be identical on both sides. If the value is not identical, align the calibration
device only as long until the values on both sides are identical.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 423 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

When aligning the calibration device, make sure the distance laser beam still strikes the center above the VW
logo and indicator of fluid-level remains centered. If necessary, make further corrections accordingly.

The dimension for distance that was measured must be entered during calibration into the Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information System VAS 5051A or Diagnostic Operation System VAS 5052 in "millimeters".

Rearview camera system, calibrating.

Rearview camera system, calibrating

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 Select "Guided Functions" in Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A or Vehicle
Diagnosis and Service System VAS 5052.

or

Select "Guided Fault Finding" in Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A or Vehicle
Diagnosis and Service System VAS 5052.

 In the "Vehicle selection" menu, enter the corresponding data for the vehicle and the following menu
items one after another.

 Rear system
 Functions
 Rearview camera system, calibrating

From here, you will be directed by the Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A or the
Vehicle Diagnosis and Service Information System VAS 5052 during the calibrating procedure.

TIGHTENING TORQUES: LIGHTS, SWITCHES - EXTERIOR

Tightening Torques: Headlamp

Fasteners Tightening torques


Front headlamp mount 5 Nm
Rear headlamp mount 5 Nm

Tightening Torques: Fog lamps

Fasteners Tightening torques


Headlamp mounting bolts 1.5 Nm

Tightening Torques: Taillamp assembly in side panel

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 424 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fasteners Tightening torques


Mounting bolts for taillamp assembly in side panel 4 Nm
Mounting bolts for adjustable taillamp assembly 4 Nm
carrier

Tightening Torques: Taillamp assembly in rear lid

Fasteners Tightening torques


Mounting nuts of taillamp assembly in rear lid 4 Nm

Tightening Torques: Steering column switch

Fasteners Tightening torques


Hex socket head bolt beneath steering column 1.5 Nm
switch

Tightening Torques: Rear window opening

Fasteners Tightening torques


Mounting nuts of lock bracket and wiper shaft with 8 Nm
crank
Hex nut for Rear Window Opening Button 12 Nm

96 - LIGHTS, SWITCHES - INTERIOR, ANTI-THEFT


INTERIOR LIGHTS AND SWITCHES

Interior monitoring and vehicle inclination deactivation switch, vehicles through 11/06, removing and installing

Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Deactivate Vehicle Inclination Sensor Button E360 ,
through 11/06, removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

NOTE:  To remove the Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and


Deactivate Vehicle Inclination Sensor Button E360 , anti-theft warning
system must be deactivated.
 The Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Deactivate Vehicle
Inclination Sensor Button E360 comprise one component.
 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Deactivate Vehicle

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 425 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Inclination Sensor Button E360 are located in B-pillar trim on drivers side.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 550: Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 And Deactivate Vehicle Inclination Sensor
Button E360 Pried Out Using Removal Wedge VAS 3409 Or A Screwdriver
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry out Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Deactivate Vehicle Inclination
Sensor Button E360 using a screwdriver.

Fig. 551: Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 And Deactivate Vehicle Inclination Sensor
Button E360 Connector
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release and disconnect the connector - arrow -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 426 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Interior monitoring and vehicle inclination deactivation switch, vehicles from 12/06, removing and installing

Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Deactivate Vehicle Inclination Sensor Button E360 ,
from 12/06, removing and installing

From 12/06 (model year 2007), the "interior monitoring deactivation" and "deactivate vehicle inclination
sensor" have been combined into one button with one symbol.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 552: Identifying Trim Removal Wedge 3409


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Trim removal wedge VAS 3409

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in a visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), mask off the areas at which a prying tool (trim removal
wedge VAS 3409 , screwdriver) will be positioned, using commercially
available adhesive tape.

NOTE:  To remove the Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and


Deactivate Vehicle Inclination Sensor Button E360 , anti-theft warning
system must be deactivated.
 The Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Deactivate Vehicle
Inclination Sensor Button E360 comprise one component.
 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Deactivate Vehicle
Inclination Sensor Button E360 are located in B-pillar trim on drivers side.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 427 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 553: Identifying Button


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry up button - 1 - using Trim Removal Wedge VAS 3409 or screwdriver.

Fig. 554: Removing/Installing Button Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release and disconnect connector - arrow - and remove it from button.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Foot well lamps

Foot well lamps:

 Left Front Footwell Illumination L151


 Right Front Footwell Illumination L152
 Left Rear Footwell Illumination L106
 Right Rear Footwell Illumination L107

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 428 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  The front foot well lights are located in trim beneath instrument cluster.
 The rear foot well lights are installed at rear in center of front seats.
 Only glass socket lamps 12 V, 3 W must be installed, even when glass
socket lamps 12 V, 5 W were previously installed.

Footwell lights, removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

NOTE:  The front foot well lights are located in trim beneath instrument cluster.
 The rear foot well lights are installed at rear in center of front seats.
 Removal and installation for all foot well lights is performed in the same
way and is only described for one light.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 555: Identifying Light


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry out foot well lights using a screwdriver.


 Release the connector and disconnect it.

Bulb, replacing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 429 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 556: Identifying Retaining Tabs & Heat Shield


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - 1 - and remove heat shield - 2 - from diffusion lens of foot well light.

Fig. 557: Prying Bulb From Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry bulb from socket.

NOTE:  Only glass socket lamps 12 V, 3 W must be installed, even when glass
socket lamps 12 V, 5 W were previously installed.

 Replace bulb (12 V, 3 W).

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Foot well lamps, checking

Foot well lamps (Left Front Footwell Illumination L151 , Right Front Footwell Illumination L152 , Left Rear
Footwell Illumination L106 and Right Rear Footwell Illumination L107) can be checked via output Diagnostic
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 430 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT - LIGHTS AND SWITCHES

Engine Compartment Light W27 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 558: Prying Out Light Using Screwdriver


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry out light using a screwdriver.

Fig. 559: Identifying Engine compartment Light W27 Lamp Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 431 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Remove lamp socket - arrow - from Engine Compartment Light W27.

Bulb, replacing:

Fig. 560: Removing/Installing Bulb


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully remove bulb from socket.


 Replace bulb (12 V, 5 W).

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Front Hood Switch F266 , removing and installing

NOTE:  Front Hood Switch F266 is integrated in lid lock and cannot be replaced
separately.
 The entire lid lock must always be replaced if Front Hood Switch F266 is
malfunctioning.

 Remove hood lock --> 55 - HOOD, LIDS .

INSTRUMENT PANEL - LIGHTS AND SWITCHES

Light Switch E1 , removing and installing

The following components are integrated with Light Switch E1 :

 Rear Fog Lamp Button E314


 Fog Lamp Button E315
 Headlamp Switch Illumination L9

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 432 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Turn rotating handle of Light switch E1 to position "0".

Fig. 561: Pushing In Rotating Handle Of Light Switch E1 & Turning Slightly Toward Right
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Push in rotating handle of Light switch E1 - arrow 1 - and turn slightly toward right - arrow 2 -.
 Hold rotary handle in this position and remove Light switch E1 on rotary handle from instrument cluster -
arrow 3 -.

Fig. 562: Removing/Installing Rotating Handle Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release and disconnect the connector - arrow -.

Installing:

 Connect electrical connector.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 433 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 563: Installing Light Switch


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Hold Light switch E1 firmly and press in rotary handle of Light switch E1 - 1 - and turn slightly toward
right - 2 -.
 Hold rotary knob in this position and insert Light Switch E1 into instrument panel - 3 -.
 Turn rotary handle to position "0" , release and engage switch.

Headlamp Adjuster E102 and Instrument Panel Light Dimmer Switch E20 , removing and installing

NOTE:  Headlamp Adjuster E102 and Instrument Panel Light Dimmer Switch E20
comprise one component.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove instrument cluster trim on drivers side --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Fig. 564: Removing/Installing Instrument Cluster Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release and disconnect the connector - arrow -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 434 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 565: Removing/Installing Headlamp Adjuster E102


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Compress side retaining straps at Headlamp Adjuster E102 and Instrument Panel Light Dimmer Switch
E20 - arrows - so that retaining tabs disengage.
 Remove Headlamp Adjuster E102 and Instrument Panel Light Dimmer Switch E20 - A - toward rear out
of installation frame in instrument cluster trim.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Front Passengers Airbag Disabled Indicator Lamp K145 , removing and installing

Removal and installation of the following components is performed in the same way and is only described for
one component.

 Drivers Heated Seat Adjuster E94


 Front Passengers Heated Seat Adjuster E95
 Emergency Flasher Switch E3
 Parking Aid Button E266

 Front Passengers Airbag Disabled Indicator Lamp K145

 Removing and installing --> Switch in center of instrument panel, removing and installing.

Glove Compartment Light W6 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing:
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 435 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 566: Prying Out Glove Compartment Light W6


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry out Glove Compartment Light W6 using a screwdriver.


 Release the connector and disconnect it.

Bulb, replacing:

Fig. 567: Identifying Retaining Tabs & Heat Shield


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - 1 - and remove heat shield - 2 - from diffusion lens of Glove Compartment
Light W6.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 436 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 568: Prying Bulb From Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry bulb from socket.


 Replace bulb (12 V, 5 W).

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Glove Compartment Light Switch E26 , removing and installing

Fig. 569: Identifying Switch, Holder, & Instrument Panel


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  The illustration shows Glove Compartment Light Switch E26 - 1 - with
instrument cluster removed. The instrument panel does not need to be
removed in order to remove and install the switch.
 Glove Compartment Light Switch E26 - 1 - can be reached starting from
foot well and can be unclipped.
 The wire to Glove Compartment Light Switch E26 - 1 - is long enough to
pull the Glove Compartment Light Switch E26 with wire connected into

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 437 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

foot well and then to disconnect the harness connector.

Removing:

 Unclip Glove Compartment Light Switch E26 - 1 - with connected wire from bracket - A arrows -.
 Pull Glove Compartment Light Switch E26 - 1 - downward behind instrument cluster - arrow B - and
disconnect connector.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Switch in center of instrument panel, removing and installing

Removal and installation of the following components is performed in the same way and is only described for
one component.

 Drivers Heated Seat Adjuster E94


 Front Passengers Heated Seat Adjuster E95
 Emergency Flasher Switch E3
 Parking Aid Button E266

 Front Passengers Airbag Disabled Indicator Lamp K145

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 In vehicles without radio/navigation system or radio, pry cover (radio cut-out) from mounts --> 70 -
INTERIOR TRIM .
 If necessary, remove radio --> 91 RADIO, TELEPHONE, NAVIGATION, TRIP COMPUTER .
 If necessary, remove radio/navigation system --> 91 RADIO, TELEPHONE, NAVIGATION, TRIP
COMPUTER .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 438 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 570: Removing/Installing Hazard Switch


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press switch out of installation frame from behind.

Fig. 571: Removing/Installing Hazard Switch Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release and disconnect the connector - arrow -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

FRONT DOORS - LIGHTS AND SWITCHES

Drivers door switch module, removing and installing

The following components are integrated in driver side switch module:

 Left Front Window Regulator Switch E40


 Drivers Left Rear Window Regulator Switch E53
 Drivers Right Rear Window Regulator Switch E55
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 439 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Drivers Right Front Window Regulator Switch E81

 Child Safety Button E318


 Push Button Light L76
 Drivers Interior Locking Button E308

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove door trim on driver side --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Fig. 572: Removing/Installing mounting bolt & air channel


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolt - 1 - and remove air channel - 2 -.

Fig. 573: Removing/Installing mounting bolts & switch module out of door trim
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 440 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - and remove switch module out of door trim.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Drivers Interior Locking Indicator Lamp K174 and Front Passengers Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp K204

Drivers Interior Locking Indicator Lamp K174 and Front Passengers Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp K204 , removing
and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

NOTE:  Removal and installation of Drivers Interior Locking Indicator Lamp K174
and Front Passengers Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp K204 is
performed in the same way and is only described for one indicator lamp.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove door trim.

Removal at driver door: --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Removal at front passenger door: --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Fig. 574: Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp K133


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 441 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Unclip Drivers Interior Locking Indicator Lamp K174 or Front Passengers Central Locking -SAFE-
Indicator Lamp K204 - 1 - out of door trim by compressing retaining tabs - arrows -.

Fig. 575: Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp K133 And Harness Connector
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - 1 - of Drivers Interior Locking Indicator Lamp K174 or Front Passengers Central
Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp K204 - 2 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Drivers Interior Locking Indicator Lamp K174 and Front Passengers Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp K204 , checking

Drivers Interior Locking Indicator Lamp K174 and Front Passengers Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp
K204 can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Comfort System Central Control Module
J393.

Window Regulator Switch (in RF door) E107 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

NOTE:  Removal and installation of Window Regulator Switch (in RF door) E107 ,
Left Rear Window Switch, (In LR Door) E52 and Right Rear Window Switch,
(In RR Door) E54 is performed in the same way and is only described for
one switch.
 Power Window Switch Light L53 , which cannot be replaced separately, is
integrated in Window Regulator Switch (in RF door) E107.
 Power Window Switch Light L53 , which cannot be replaced separately, is
integrated in Left Rear Window Switch, (In LR Door) E52.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 442 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Power Window Switch Light L53 , which cannot be replaced separately, is


integrated in Right Rear Window Switch, (In RR Door) E54.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove door trim.

Removal at front passenger door: --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Removal at rear doors: --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Fig. 576: Identifying Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release and disconnect the connector - arrow -.

Fig. 577: Identifying Retaining Tabs


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove switch together with installation frame from door trim.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 443 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 578: Disengage Retaining Tabs & Remove Switch From Installation Frame
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove switch from installation frame.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Fuel Filler/Rear Lid Remote Unlocking Button E463

Fuel Filler/Rear Lid Remote Unlocking Button E463 for vehicles --> 01.03, removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 579: Removing/Installing Installation Frame Of Fuel Filler/Rear Lid Remote Unlocking Button E463

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 444 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

In & Remove It
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pull installation frame of Fuel Filler/Rear Lid Remote Unlocking Button E463 in - direction of arrow -
and remove it.

Fig. 580: Removing/Installing Electrical Connections


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Unlock and disconnect electrical connections - arrows -.

Fig. 581: Removing/Installing Retaining Tabs & Remove Button From Installation Frame
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove button from installation frame.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 445 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 582: Removing/Installing Retaining Tabs & Remove Button From Installation Frame
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove button from installation frame.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Fuel Filler/Rear Lid Remote Unlocking Button E463 for vehicles 01.03 --> , removing and installing

CAUTION:  By reason of the cable length for connector, door trim must be
removed in order to be able to disconnect the connector without
destroying it.
 When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,
covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool
(plastic wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially
available adhesive tape.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove door trim --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 446 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 583: Identifying Fuel Filler/Rear Lid Remote & Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - 1 - from Fuel Filler/Rear Lid Remote Unlocking Button E463 - 2 -.

Fig. 584: Removing/Installing Installation Frame Of Fuel Filler/Rear Lid Remote Unlocking Button E463
In & Remove It
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Pull installation frame of Fuel Filler/Rear Lid Remote Unlocking Button E463 in - direction of arrow -
and remove it.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 447 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 585: Identifying Fuel Filler/Rear Lid Remote Unlocking Button E463 Retaining Tabs
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove Fuel Filler/Rear Lid Remote Unlocking Button E463 - 1
- from installation frame - 2 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Front Passengers Interior Locking Button E309 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

NOTE:  Removal and installation of Front Passengers Interior Locking Button


E309 , Left Rear Interior Locking Button E310 and Right Rear Interior
Locking Button E311 is performed in the same way and is only described
for one switch.
 Switch Illumination Lamp L156 , which cannot be replaced separately, is
integrated in Front Passengers Interior Locking Button E309.
 Switch Illumination Lamp L156 , which cannot be replaced separately, is
integrated in Left Rear Interior Locking Button E310.
 Switch Illumination Lamp L156 , which cannot be replaced separately, is
integrated in Right Rear Interior Locking Button E311.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove door trim.

Removal at front passenger door: --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Removal at rear doors: --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 448 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 586: Identifying Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release and disconnect the connector - arrow -.

Fig. 587: Disengaging/Engaging Retaining Tabs & Removing/Installing Button


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove button.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Drivers Inside Door Handle Illumination L146 and Front Passengers Inside Door Handle Illumination L147

Drivers Inside Door Handle Illumination L146 and Front Passengers Inside Door Handle Illumination L147 , removing and
installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 449 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  Removal and installation of Drivers Inside Door Handle Illumination L146 ,
Front Passengers Inside Door Handle Illumination L147 , Left Rear Inside
Door Handle Illumination L133 and Right Rear Inside Door Handle
Illumination L134 is performed in the same way and is only described for
one light.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove door trim.

Removal at driver door: --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Removal at front passenger door: --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Fig. 588: Removing/Installing Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release and disconnect the connector - arrow -.

Fig. 589: Disengaging/Engaging Tabs & Removing/Installing LED With Diffusion Lens
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 450 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove LED with diffusion lens.

Fig. 590: Turn & Pull Led Out Of Diffusion Lens


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Turn and pull LED - 1 - out of diffusion lens - 2 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Drivers Inside Door Handle Illumination L146 and Front Passengers Inside Door Handle Illumination L147 , checking

Drivers Inside Door Handle Illumination L146 and Front Passengers Inside Door Handle Illumination L147 can
be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Comfort System Central Control Module J393.

Left Front Entry Light W31 and Right Front Entry Light W32

NOTE:  Removal and installation for all entry lights is performed in the same way
and is only described for one light.

Entry lights:

 Left Front Entry Light W31


 Right Front Entry Light W32
 Left Rear Entry Light W33
 Right Rear Entry Light W34

Left Front Entry Light W31 and Right Front Entry Light W32 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 451 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  Removal and installation for all entry lights is performed in the same way
and is only described for one light.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 591: Identifying Retaining Tabs Of Bulb


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry out light using a screwdriver.


 Release the connector and disconnect it.

Bulb, replacing:

Fig. 592: Identifying Retaining Tabs & Heat Shield


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - 1 - and remove heat shield - 2 - from diffusion lens of light.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:30 AM Page 452 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 593: Prying Bulb From Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry bulb from socket.


 Replace bulb (12 V, 5 W).

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Left Front Entry Light W31 and Right Front Entry Light W32 , checking

Left Front Entry Light W31 and Right Front Entry Light W32 can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode
(DTM) Comfort System Central Control Module J393.

Drivers Door Warning Light W30 and Front Passengers Door Warning Light W36

Drivers Door Warning Light W30 and Front Passengers Door Warning Light W36 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

NOTE:  Removal and installation for all door warning lights is performed in the
same way and is only described for one light.

Door warning lights:

 Drivers Door Warning Light W30


 Front Passengers Door Warning Light W36
 Left rear door warning light W37
 Right rear door warning light W38

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 453 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 594: Prying Out Light Using Screwdriver


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry out light using a screwdriver.


 Release the connector and disconnect it.

Bulb, replacing:

Fig. 595: Identifying Retaining Tabs & Heat Shield


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - 1 - and remove heat shield - 2 - from diffusion lens of light.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 454 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 596: Prying Bulb From Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry bulb from socket.


 Replace bulb (12 V, 5 W).

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Drivers Door Warning Light W30 and Front Passengers Door Warning Light W36 , checking

Drivers Door Warning Light W30 and Front Passengers Door Warning Light W36 can be checked via output
Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) Comfort System Central Control Module J393.

Front Door Locks - Electrical Components, overview

Depending on equipment level, the following components are integrated with the drivers door lock:

 Drivers Door Contact Switch F2


 Drivers Door Central Locking Lock Unit F220
 Drivers Door Central Locking System Motor V56
 Drivers Door Central Locking (Safe) Motor V161

 Drivers Door Central Locking Switch F59

Depending on equipment level, the following components are integrated with the front passengers door
lock:

 Front Passengers Door Contact Switch F3


 Front Passengers Door Central Locking Lock Unit F221
 Front Passengers Door Central Locking System Motor V57
 Front Passengers Central Locking (Safe) Motor V162

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 455 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Front Passengers Door Central Locking System Switch F114

NOTE:  The components listed above cannot be replaced separately.

In the event of front door lock component malfunctions:

 Replace the respective door lock --> 57 - FRONT DOORS, CENTRAL LOCKING SYSTEM .

REAR DOORS - LIGHTS AND SWITCHES

Left Rear Interior Locking Button E310 and Right Rear Interior Locking Button E311 , removing and installing

NOTE:  Removal and installation of Front Passengers Interior Locking Button


E309 , Left Rear Interior Locking Button E310 and Right Rear Interior
Locking Button E311 is performed in the same way and is only described
for one switch --> Front Passengers Interior Locking Button E309 ,
removing and installing.
 Switch Illumination Lamp L156 , which cannot be replaced separately, is
integrated in Front Passengers Interior Locking Button E309.
 Switch Illumination Lamp L156 , which cannot be replaced separately, is
integrated in Left Rear Interior Locking Button E310.
 Switch Illumination Lamp L156 , which cannot be replaced separately, is
integrated in Right Rear Interior Locking Button E311.

Left Rear Window Switch, (In LR Door) E52 and Right Rear Window Switch, (In RR Door) E54 , removing and
installing

NOTE:  Removal and installation of Window Regulator Switch (in RF door) E107 ,
Left Rear Window Switch, (In LR Door) E52 and Right Rear Window Switch,
(In RR Door) E54 is performed in the same way and is only described for
one switch --> Window Regulator Switch (in RF door) E107 , removing and
installing.
 Power Window Switch Light L53 , which cannot be replaced separately, is
integrated in Window Regulator Switch (in RF door) E107.
 Power Window Switch Light L53 , which cannot be replaced separately, is
integrated in Left Rear Window Switch, (In LR Door) E52.
 Power Window Switch Light L53 , which cannot be replaced separately, is
integrated in Right Rear Window Switch, (In RR Door) E54.

Ashtray Light L15 , removing and installing

Ashtray Illumination L15 is a component of the ashtray insert in door trim and cannot be replaced separately.

 In the event of repairs, replace the complete ashtray insert --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 456 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Left Rear Inside Door Handle Illumination L133 and Right Rear Inside Door Handle Illumination L134

Left Rear Inside Door Handle Illumination L133 and Right Rear Inside Door Handle Illumination L134 , removing and installing

NOTE:  Removal and installation of Drivers Inside Door Handle Illumination L146 ,
Front Passengers Inside Door Handle Illumination L147 , Left Rear Inside
Door Handle Illumination L133 and Right Rear Inside Door Handle
Illumination L134 is performed in the same way and is only described for
one light.

Left Rear Inside Door Handle Illumination L133 and Right Rear Inside Door Handle Illumination L134 , checking

Left Rear Inside Door Handle Illumination L133 and Right Rear Inside Door Handle Illumination L134 can be
checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Comfort System Central Control Module J393.

Left Rear Entry Light W33 and Right Rear Entry Light W34

Left Rear Entry Light W33 and Right Rear Entry Light W34 , removing and installing

NOTE:  Removal and installation for all entry lights is performed in the same way
and is only described for one light.

Left Rear Entry Light W33 and Right Rear Entry Light W34 , checking

Left Rear Entry Light W33 and Right Rear Entry Light W34 can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode
(DTM) Comfort System Central Control Module J393.

Left Rear Door Warning Light W37 and Right Rear Door Warning Light W38

Left Rear Door Warning Light W37 and Right Rear Door Warning Light W38 , removing and installing

NOTE:  Removal and installation for all door warning lights is performed in the
same way and is only described for one light.

Left Rear Door Warning Light W37 and Right Rear Door Warning Light W38 , checking

Left Rear Door Warning Light W37 and Right Rear Door Warning Light W38 can be checked via output
Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) Comfort System Central Control Module J393.

Rear Door Locks - Electrical Components, overview

Depending on equipment level, the following components are integrated with the left rear door lock:

 Left Rear Door Contact Switch F10


 Left Rear Central Locking Lock Unit F222
 Left Rear Central Locking (Lock) Motor V214
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 457 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Left Rear Central Locking (Safe) Motor V163

 Left Rear Central Locking Switch F346

Depending on equipment level, the following components are integrated with the right rear door lock:

 Right Rear Door Contact Switch F11


 Right Rear Central Locking Lock Unit F223
 Right Rear Central Locking (Lock) Motor V215
 Right Rear Central Locking (Safe) Motor V164

 Right Rear Central Locking Switch F347

NOTE:  The components listed above cannot be replaced separately.

In the event of rear door lock component malfunctions:

 Replace the respective door lock --> 58 - REAR DOORS .

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT - LIGHTS AND SWITCHES

Luggage Compartment Light W3

Luggage Compartment Light W3 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

NOTE:  Two luggage compartment lights are installed. Removal and installation is
the same for both luggage compartment lights and is only described for
one of the lights.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 458 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 597: Prying Out Luggage compartment Light W3 Using Screwdriver


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry out Luggage Compartment Light W3 using a screwdriver.

Fig. 598: Identifying Luggage Compartment Light Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release and disconnect the connector - arrow -.

Bulb, replacing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 459 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 599: Identifying Contact Plate & Light Lamp


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Push contact plate - 1 - of Luggage Compartment Light W3 in - direction of arrow - and remove light
lamp - 2 - out of socket.
 Replace bulb (12 V, 10 W).

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Luggage Compartment Light W3 , checking

Luggage Compartment Light W3 can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Comfort System
Central Control Module J393.

Rear Lid Courtesy Lamp W51

Rear Lid Courtesy Lamp W51 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 600: Prying Out Rear Lid Courtesy Lamp W51 Using Screwdriver
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry out Rear Lid Courtesy Lamp W51 using a screwdriver.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 460 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 601: Removing/Installing Rear Light Courtesy Lamp Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release and disconnect the connector - arrow -.

Bulb, replacing:

Fig. 602: Identifying Retaining Tab & Reflector Plate


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release retaining tab - 1 - and remove reflector plate - 2 -.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 461 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 603: Identifying Contact Plate & Rear Lid Courtesy Lamp W51
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Push contact plate - 1 - of Rear Lid Courtesy Lamp W51 in - direction of arrow - and remove lamp - 2 -
out of socket.
 Replace bulb (12 V, 5 W).

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Rear Lid Courtesy Lamp W51 , checking

Rear Lid Courtesy Lamp W51 can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Comfort System
Central Control Module J393.

Rear Lid Lock Unit F256

Rear Lid Lock Unit F256 , removing and installing

Rear Lid Lock Unit F256 is integrated in rear lid lock and cannot be replaced separately.

In the event the Rear Lid Lock Unit F256 malfunctions, the complete rear lid lock must be replaced.

 Replacing rear lid lock --> 55 - HOOD, LIDS .

Converter with Socket, 12V, 230V U13 , removing and installing

Fig. 604: Identifying Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Socket 12V, 230V - 1 - is installed in side wall trim on right side in luggage compartment. Converter is installed
on a retainer on right rear wheel housing and is joined permanently to the socket.

CAUTION:  In the Converter with Socket, 12V, 230V U13 housing are capacitors
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 462 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

which maybe charged with a residual voltage.


 There is a danger of electric shock.
 The housing of Converter with Socket, 12V, 230V U13 must not be
opened under any circumstances.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 605: Identifying Trim Removal Wedge 3409


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Trim removal wedge 3409

NOTE:  When removing and installing components in a visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), mask off the areas at which a prying tool (trim removal
wedge 3409 , screwdriver) will be positioned, using commercially available
adhesive tape.
 No repairs may be performed on the harness connector, on the wires and
the 230V-socket.
 If there is a fault at harness connector, at wires, at 230V-socket or in the
converter, the complete unit must always be replaced.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove right side panel trim in luggage compartment --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 463 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 606: Identifying Retaining Tabs, Socket, & Socket Mount


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Push the two retaining tabs - 3 - outward in - direction of arrow - and pull socket - 2 - toward rear out of
socket mount - 1 - in side trim.

NOTE:  Socket mount is joined permanently to the side trim.

Fig. 607: Identifying Mounting Bolt, Converter & Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage and disconnect harness connector - 1 - at converter - 2 -.


 Remove mounting bolt - 3 - and remove converter upward from bracket.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 When inserting converter, make sure that guide rails on converter sit correctly on bracket and converter
fits securely after tightening the mounting bolt - 3 -.

Converter with Socket, 12V, 230V U13 , removing and installing

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 464 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 608: Identifying Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Socket 12V, 230V - 1 - is installed in side wall trim on right side in luggage compartment. Converter is installed
on a retainer on right rear wheel housing and is joined permanently to the socket.

CAUTION:  In the Converter with Socket, 12V, 230V U13 housing are capacitors
which maybe charged with a residual voltage.
 There is a danger of electric shock.
 The housing of Converter with Socket, 12V, 230V U13 must not be
opened under any circumstances.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 609: Identifying Trim Removal Wedge 3409


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Trim removal wedge 3409

NOTE:  When removing and installing components in a visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), mask off the areas at which a prying tool (trim removal
wedge 3409 , screwdriver) will be positioned, using commercially available
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 465 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

adhesive tape.
 No repairs may be performed on the harness connector, on the wires and
the 230V-socket.
 If there is a fault at harness connector, at wires, at 230V-socket or in the
converter, the complete unit must always be replaced.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers and remove ignition key.
 Remove right side panel trim in luggage compartment --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Fig. 610: Identifying Retaining Tabs, Socket, & Socket Mount


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Push the two retaining tabs - 3 - outward in - direction of arrow - and pull socket - 2 - toward rear out of
socket mount - 1 - in side trim.

NOTE:  Socket mount is joined permanently to the side trim.

Fig. 611: Identifying Mounting Bolt, Converter & Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 466 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Disengage and disconnect harness connector - 1 - at converter - 2 -.


 Remove mounting bolt - 3 - and remove converter upward from bracket.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

 When inserting converter, make sure that guide rails on converter sit correctly on bracket and converter
fits securely after tightening the mounting bolt - 3 -.

HEADLINER - LIGHTS AND SWITCHES

Front interior light W1 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 612: Identifying Diffusion Lens


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry diffusion lens for Front Interior Light W1 out of console in molded headliner - arrow -.

Bulb, replacing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 467 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 613: Identifying Contact Plate & Front Interior Light W1


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Push contact plate - 1 - of Front Interior Light W1 in direction of - arrow - and remove bulb - 2 - from
socket.
 Replace bulb (12 V, 10 W).

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Front Passengers Map/Reading Light W13 and Left Front Reading Light W19 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 614: Identifying Diffusion Lens


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 468 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry diffusion lens out of console in molded headliner - arrow -.

Fig. 615: Identifying Front Passengers Map/Reading Light W13 Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release and disconnect the connector - arrow -.

Bulb, replacing:

NOTE:  Replacement of lamps for both reading lights is performed in the same
way and is only described for one light.

Fig. 616: Turning Light Socket In Direction Of Arrow & Remove


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Turn light socket in direction of - arrow - and remove.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 469 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 617: Glass Socket Lamp Removed Out Of Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully remove bulb from socket.


 Replace bulb (12 V, 5 W).

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Button module for front interior reading light, removing and installing

The button module consists of the following components:

 Front interior lamp button E326


 Drivers reading light button E457
 Front Passengers Reading Light Button E458

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

NOTE:  Buttons cannot be replaced separately. If repairs are necessary, the entire
button module must be replaced.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 470 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 618: Identifying Molded Headliner Console Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry cover out of console in molded headliner - arrow -.

Fig. 619: Identifying Button Of Interior Reading Light


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry button module for interior reading light out of console in molded headliner - arrow -.

Fig. 620: Identifying Interior Reading Light Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 471 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Release and disconnect the connector - arrow -.


 Unclip both microphones of hands-free equipment.

Fig. 621: Removing/Installing Button Module


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove button module from frame.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Sunroof Switch E8

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

NOTE:  Sunroof Switch Light L65 is located beneath Sunroof switch E8.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 472 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 622: Removing/Installing Sunroof Switch E8


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove Sunroof switch E8 with trim out of console in molded
headliner.

Fig. 623: Identifying Sunroof Switch Connectors


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connectors - arrows -.

Fig. 624: Identifying Sunroof Switch Retaining Tabs


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 473 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows -.

Fig. 625: Removing/Installing Sunroof Switch Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connector - arrow - and remove Sunroof switch E8 from trim.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Sunroof Switch Light L65 , removing and installing

Removing:

 Remove Sunroof switch E8 --> Sunroof Switch E8.

Fig. 626: Removing/Installing Sunroof Switch Light Mounting Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - and remove Sunroof Switch Light L65 from trim.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 474 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Left Rear Reading Light W11 and Right Rear Reading Light W12 , removing and installing

NOTE:  Removal and installation for both rear reading lights is performed in the
same way and is only described for one reading light.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 627: Identifying Fold Up Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Fold up cover - arrow -.

Fig. 628: Identifying Reading Light Mounting Bolt


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolt - arrow - and remove reading light.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 475 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 629: Removing/Installing Reading Light Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release and disconnect the connector - arrow -.

Bulb, replacing:

Fig. 630: Removing/Installing Lamp Carrier With Switches From Diffusion Lens
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tab - arrow - and remove lamp carrier with switches from diffusion lens.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 476 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 631: Identifying Lamp Carrier With Switches & Light Bulb
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully remove bulb from socket.


 Replace bulb (12 V, 5 W).

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Roof Display Unit J702 , removing and installing

 Roof Display Unit J702 , removing and installing --> 91 RADIO, TELEPHONE, NAVIGATION,
TRIP COMPUTER .

Garage Door Opener Control Head E284 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

The control head consists of the following components:

 Garage Door Opener Button 1 E392


 Garage Door Opener Button 2 E393
 Garage Door Opener Button 3 E394
 Garage Door Opener Indicator Lamp K179

 Push Button Illumination L76

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 477 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 632: Identifying Control Head


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry control head out of console in molded headliner - arrow -.

Fig. 633: Removing/Installing Control Head


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove control head from frame.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Garage Door Opener Control Head E284 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

The control head consists of the following components:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 478 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Garage Door Opener Button 1 E392


 Garage Door Opener Button 2 E393
 Garage Door Opener Button 3 E394
 Garage Door Opener Indicator Lamp K179

 Push Button Illumination L76

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical consumers and remove ignition key.

Fig. 634: Identifying Control Head


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry control head out of console in molded headliner - arrow -.

Fig. 635: Removing/Installing Control Head


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove control head from frame.

Installing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 479 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Install in reverse order of removal.

CENTER CONSOLE - LIGHTS AND SWITCHES

Center Armrest Illumination L157 , removing and installing

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Fig. 636: Prying Out Center Armrest Illumination L157 Using Screwdriver
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry out Center Armrest Illumination L157 using a screwdriver.


 Release the connector and disconnect it.

Bulb, replacing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 480 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 637: Identifying Retaining Tabs & Heat Shield


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - 1 - and remove heat shield - 2 - from diffusion lens of Center Armrest
Illumination L157.

Fig. 638: Prying Bulb From Socket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry bulb from socket.


 Replace bulb (12 V, 5 W).

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Storage Compartment Illumination Switch F335 , removing and installing

Storage Compartment Illumination Switch F335 is located in center console behind rear air vents.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove rear air vents in center console --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .
 Release the connector and disconnect it.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 481 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 639: Identifying Storage Compartment Illumination Switch F335 Retaining Tab
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tab - arrow - and remove Storage Compartment Illumination Switch F335.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Module for outside mirror adjustment, removing and installing

The module for outside mirror adjustment (depending on equipment) consists of the following components:

 Mirror Adjustment Switch E43


 Mirror Selector Switch E48
 Switch for outside mirror heating E231
 Mirror Folding Switch E263

 Mirror Adjusting Switch Light L78

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove selector lever cover --> 37 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - CONTROLS, HOUSING .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 482 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 640: Identifying Retaining Tabs


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove module for outside mirror adjustment out of cover.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Level Control System Control Head E281 , removing and installing

The Level Control System Control Head E281 is located in the right of the center console behind the switch
cover.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove shifter selector cover --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Fig. 641: Identifying Level Control System Control Head E281 Retaining Tabs
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press the three retaining tabs - arrows - together and remove Level Control System Control Head E281

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 483 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

from switch cover.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Suspension adjustment module, removing and installing

The suspension adjustment module is located in the center console in the center behind the switch cover.
Depending on equipment, the suspension adjustment module contains the following components:

 Dampening adjustment button E387


 Level control button E388
 Stabilizer Decoupling Button E484

NOTE:  The suspension adjustment module cannot be diassembled further. If


there is a defect, the suspension adjustment module must be completely
replaced.
 The suspension adjustment control module is removed and installed the
same way regardless of equipment versions.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove shifter selector cover --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Fig. 642: Removing/Installing Suspension Adjustment Module


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release retaining tabs - arrows - with a suitable screwdriver and remove suspension adjustment module -
1 - from switch cover.

Installing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:31 AM Page 484 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Install in reverse order of removal.

Transfer Case Operating Unit E473

The Transfer Case Operating Unit E473 is located in the left of the center console, behind the switch cover.

The Transfer Case Operating Unit E473 is removed and installed the same way as the Level Control System
Control Head E281 --> Level Control System Control Head E281 , removing and installing.

HORN

High Tone Horn H2 and Low Tone Horn H7 , removing and installing

NOTE:  High Tone Horn H2 and Low Tone Horn H7 are activated in parallel by
Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519.
 Removal and installation procedure for both horns is the same.

Removing:

 Turn off the ignition and all electrical components.

Fig. 643: Identifying Air Guide


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove noise insulation --> 63 - BUMPERS .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 485 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 644: Identifying Signal Horn Mounting Bolt & Harness Connector
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Unclip air guide - 1 - in - direction of arrow -.


 Disconnect harness connector - A -.
 Remove mounting bolt - B - and remove signal horn.

Installing:

 Install in reverse order of removal.

High Tone Horn H2 and Low Tone Horn H7 , checking

Signal horns (High Tone Horn H2 and Low Tone Horn H7) can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode
(DTM) of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519.

IMMOBILIZER FROM 12/06

General information

NOTE:  Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

General Description:

The Touareg from 12/06 is equipped with a fourth generation immobilizer with on-line connection and
download. The chief integral component of the fourth generation immobilizer is a central database, in which all
anti-theft relevant data of participating control modules is stored. It is not possible to adapt participating control
modules to the immobilizer without an on-line connection to this database.

Fazit system test --> Fazit system test.

 There is no PIN inquiry of immobilizer components by fax and previously performed enablings of the
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 486 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

components.
 All components participating on the immobilizer must be adapted on-line.
 All vehicle keys (subsequently ordered keys as well) are already pre-coded to a specific vehicle from the
factory and can only be adapted to this vehicle.
 Additional vehicle keys must be ordered specifying the respective Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

 It is no longer possible to perform adaptation on components originating from other sales group brands in
Volkswagen vehicles.

Immobilizer components:

 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 --> Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362
 Access/Start Control Module J518 --> Access/Start Control Module J518
 Engine Control Module (ECM) J623 --> 23 - DIESEL FUEL INJECTION
 Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module J764 --> Electronic steering column lock (ELV)

 Ignition Key

Functions of Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362

 Communication of all components participating on immobilizer with each other.


 Data encryption between participating control modules.

DTC recognition and display:

The immobilizer is equipped with On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capabilities which aids in troubleshooting.

The "Guided Fault Finding" function is to be used for troubleshooting of one of the systems described as in
chapter "Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System" --> Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and
Information Systems.

Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362

The Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 is integrated in the Access/Start Control Module J518.

If the immobilizer control module is faulty, the Access/Start Control Module J518 must be replaced.

Adapting Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362

Anti-Theft Immobilizer Control Module J362 , adapting or.

Access/Start Control Module J518

Access/Start Control Module , replacing

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 487 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Body Assembly Work
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Access/start authorization

 Functions
 Access/Start Control module, replacing

Access/Start Control Module , new

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Immobilizer with download

 Functions
 New Access/Start Control Module

Access/Start Control Module , used

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 488 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems


 Immobilizer with download

 Functions
 Used Access/Start Control Module

Access/Start Control Module , coding

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Immobilizer with download

 Functions
 Control module, coding

Access/Start Control Module , output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Body Assembly Work
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Access/start authorization

 Functions
 Diagnostic test mode

Electronic steering column lock (ELV)

Electronic steering column lock (ELV), adapting

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 489 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Immobilizer with download

 Functions
 ELV, reactivating

Engine control module (ECM) J623

After installing a new or used engine control module (ECM), the ECM must always be adapted.

Engine Control Module (ECM) J623

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Immobilizer with download

 Functions
 Engine Control Module (ECM), replacing

Immobilizer, new identity

All required steps necessary for new installation of all immobilizer components are performed by this program.

New identity immobilizer with new access/start control module and new engine control module (ECM)

New identity immobilizer with new access/start control module and new engine control module (ECM)

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 490 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Immobilizer with download

 Functions
 New identity with new FBS and ECM

New identity immobilizer with used access/start control module and used engine control module (ECM)

New identity immobilizer with used access/start control module and used engine control module (ECM)

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Immobilizer with download

 Functions
 New identity with old FBS and ECM

Ignition Key

All vehicle keys (subsequently ordered keys as well) are already pre-coded to a specific vehicle from the factory
and can only be adapted to this vehicle. Additional vehicle keys must be ordered specifying the respective
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and then the new key must be adapted to the Engine Control Module
(ECM) J362.

Ignition key, adapting

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 491 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Testing and Information Systems.


 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Immobilizer with download

 Functions
 Key, adapting

Adapting ignition key

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Body Assembly Work
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Access/start authorization

 Functions
 Ignition key adaptation

Fazit system test

The following steps will be performed by this test program:

 System test for on-line connection


 Test of user authorization
 Test of correct wire connection to Volkswagen database

The requirements for this is the on-line connection (network connection) of the tester

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 492 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Immobilizer with download

 Functions
 FAZIT on-line test

ANTI-THEFT ALARM SYSTEM

Anti-Theft Alarm System

NOTE:  Additional information:

Owners Manual

--> Self Study Program

General Description:

Anti-theft alarm system functions are integrated in Comfort System Central Control Module J393.

The most important information for activating and deactivating is provided by Access/Start Control Module
J518. Communication occurs via Comfort CAN-Bus.

DTC recognition and display:

Anti-theft alarm system is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists troubleshooting.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

NOTE:  After anti-theft alarm system has triggered, the alarm source, which is
stored in Comfort System Central Control Module J393 , can be checked.

Anti-theft Alarm System, activating and deactivating

NOTE:  If the vehicle was delivered from the factory with an Anti Theft Warning
System (ATWS) and a trailer hitch, a trailer can be integrated into the
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 493 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

switched on ATWS --> Trailer, integrating in vehicle Anti Theft Warning


System.

Activating anti-theft alarm system:

Anti-theft warning system is automatically switched on by locking the vehicle. Anti-theft alarm system is then
activated immediately.

NOTE:  So that anti-theft alarm system does not trigger unnecessary alarms, close
all windows and doors before locking the vehicle.

Anti-theft alarm system, deactivating:

 Anti-theft alarm system is deactivated when the vehicle is unlocked via the unlock button on radio-
frequency remote control, or
 When vehicle is opened via Keyless Access, or
 When the ignition is switched on.

Unlocking vehicle mechanically (emergency opening)

 Unlock vehicle at drivers door.

Anti-theft alarm system remains activated, however no alarm is triggered.

 Switch on ignition within 15 seconds.

NOTE:  If the ignition is not switched on after 15 seconds the alarm is triggered.

By switching on the ignition, the electronic immobilizer recognizes a valid vehicle key and deactivates the anti-
theft alarm system.

Trailer, integrating in vehicle Anti Theft Warning System

If the vehicle was delivered from the factory with an Anti Theft Warning System (ATWS) and a trailer hitch, a
trailer can be integrated into the switched on ATWS.

Activating anti-theft alarm system:

 Insert trailer connector completely into vehicle trailer socket.


 Lock vehicle.

Anti-theft alarm system is then activated immediately. Trailer is now integrated in the ATWS.

NOTE:  An alarm is triggered as soon as the electrical connection to the trailer is


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 494 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

interrupted with the vehicle locked.

Anti-theft alarm system, deactivating:

 Anti-theft alarm system is deactivated when the vehicle is unlocked via the unlock button on radio-
frequency remote control, or
 When vehicle is opened via Keyless Access, or
 When the ignition is switched on.

Unlocking vehicle mechanically (emergency opening)

 Unlock vehicle at drivers door.

Anti-theft alarm system remains activated, however no alarm is triggered.

 Switch on ignition within 15 seconds.

NOTE:  If the ignition is not switched on after 15 seconds the alarm is triggered.

By switching on the ignition, the electronic immobilizer recognizes a valid vehicle key and deactivates the anti-
theft alarm system.

Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Deactivate Vehicle Inclination Sensor Button E360

 Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267 and Deactivate Vehicle Inclination Sensor Button E360 ,
removing and installing --> Interior monitoring and vehicle inclination deactivation switch, vehicles
through 11/06, removing and installing.

Interior Monitoring Sensor G273 , removing and installing

Interior Monitoring Sensor G273 is located in vicinity of roof module in molded headliner.

CAUTION: When removing and installing components in visible area (switches,


covers, trim, etc.), cover by taping the areas at which a prying tool (plastic
wedge, screwdriver) will be positioned using commercially available
adhesive tape.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 495 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 645: Removing/Installing Molded Headliner Console Panel


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Carefully pry panel out of console in molded headliner - arrow -.

Fig. 646: Identifying Sensor Panel Retaining Tabs


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove sensor from panel.


 Remove console in molded headliner --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Fig. 647: Disengaging Retaining Tabs & Removing Sensors From Panel
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 496 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tabs - arrows - and remove sensors from panel.


 Disconnect harness connector - 1 - and unclip sensor - 2 - from console.

Fig. 648: Identifying Console Sensor Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Unclip wires - 3 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Vehicle Inclination Sensor G384 , removing and installing

NOTE:  To remove the Vehicle Inclination Sensor G384 , anti-theft warning system
must be deactivated --> Anti-theft Alarm System, activating and
deactivating.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove right side panel trim in luggage compartment --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 497 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 649: Identifying Vehicle Inclination Sensor Mounting bolts & Connector
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage connector - 2 - and disconnect it from Vehicle Inclination Sensor G384.


 Remove mounting bolts - 1 - and remove Vehicle Inclination Sensor G384 upward out of bracket.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Alarm Horn H12 (Back-up horn)

Alarm Horn H12 (Back-up horn) is located at left in plenum chamber, beneath E-Box.

Alarm Horn H12 (Back-up horn), removing and installing

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 650: Torque Wrench V.A.G 1331


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Torque wrench V.A.G 1331/

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 498 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

NOTE:  To remove the Alarm Horn H12 (Back-up horn), anti-theft warning system
must be deactivated --> Anti-theft Alarm System, activating and
deactivating.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove E-Box in plenum chamber at left --> Electronics box in left plenum chamber, removing and
installing.

Fig. 651: Identifying Alarm Horn Connector Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolt - 1 -.

Fig. 652: Identifying Alarm Horn H12 & Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage connector - 2 - and disconnect it from Alarm Horn H12 - 1 -.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 499 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 653: Identifying Alarm Horn Connector Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  If self-locking mounting nut - 3 - has been loosened in order to remove


bracket - 2 - , it must be replaced.

 Tighten all mounting bolts and nuts to specified tightening torque --> Tightening Torques: Alarm Horn
H12.

Alarm Horn H12 (Back-up horn), checking

Alarm Horn H12 (Back-up horn), can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Comfort System
Central Control Module J393.

TIGHTENING TORQUES: LIGHTS, LAMPS, SWITCHES - INTERIOR

Tightening Torques: Alarm Horn H12

Fasteners Tightening torques


Self-locking mounting nut 5 Nm
Bolt 23 Nm

97 - WIRING

Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems

All instructions and information on this article can be found in the ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT -
GENERAL INFORMATION .

FUSE PANELS

Fuse Panels

CAUTION: When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always perform the work
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 500 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

procedure as described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.


Not adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system components.

Fuse panel, removing and installing

NOTE:  In Touareg, there are two fuse holders installed, located at left and right on
instrument cluster.
 The illustration depicts work sequence "removing left fuse holder". Work
procedure for removing right fuse holder is identical.

Removing:

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.


 Remove left side cover of instrument cluster --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .
 Remove lower storage compartment on drivers side --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Fig. 654: Removing/Installing Fuse Holder


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove both mounting bolts - arrows - and remove fuse holder - 1 - toward inside.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 501 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Back-up fuse box, removing and installing

NOTE:  Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

--> Electrical Wiring Diagrams, Troubleshooting and Component Locations

The back-up fuse box is located under drivers seat next to the battery.

Removing:

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.

Fig. 655: Identifying Back Up Fuse Box Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolt - 1 - and pull off air vent - 2 - upward.


 Release - arrow - cover - 3 - of back-up fuse box and remove it upward.

NOTE:  If necessary, mark the equipment dependent allocation of individual wires


to connection points in back-up fuse box.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 502 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 656: Identifying Back Up Fuse Box Mounting Nuts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Loosen threaded connections and remove all wires from back-up fuse box connections.
 Unscrew mounting nuts (10 mm) - arrows - and remove back-up fuse box upward from vehicle.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

RELAY CARRIER

Relay carrier

CAUTION: When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always perform the work
procedure as described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.
Not adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system components.

Relay carrier in front left foot well, removing and installing

Removing:

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.


 Remove lower storage compartment on drivers side --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 503 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 657: Identifying Brake Pedal Switch Connector & Bracket


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect harness connector - 1 - at brake pedal switch.


 Loosen bolt at left - arrow - and at right (not shown) at bracket - 2 - of brake pedal switch.
 Remove bracket - 2 - of brake pedal switch out of vehicle.

Fig. 658: Identifying Front Relay Carrier


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press retaining tabs - arrows - together and remove front relay carrier - 1 - with connected wires out of
bracket.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 504 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 659: Removing/Installing Rear Relay Carrier


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Press retaining tabs - arrows - together and remove rear relay carrier - 1 - with connected wires out of
bracket.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

ELECTRONICS BOXES

Electronics Boxes

CAUTION: When disconnecting and connecting the battery, always perform the work
procedure as described in --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.
Not adhering to sequence will result in the deactivation of Main Battery
Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to electrical system components.

Electronics box in left plenum chamber, removing and installing

Removing:

CAUTION: When disconnecting battery, procedure must always be followed as


described in the article. Not adhering to sequence will result in the
deactivation of Main Battery Switch -E74- and subsequent damage to
electrical system components.

 Disconnect battery --> Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting.


 Remove drivers side wiper arm
 Remove front passengers side wiper arm
 Remove plenum chamber cover.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 505 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 660: Removing/Installing E-Box Cover


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - and remove E-Box cover.

Fig. 661: Identifying Housing Gasket & Multi-Pin Harness Connector


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  The number of multi-pin harness connectors - 2 - can deviate from the
illustration depending on vehicle equipment.

 Disconnect multi-pin harness connectors - 2 - and remove housing gasket - 1 - upward out of E-Box.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 506 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 662: Identifying E-Box Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  The number of multi-pin harness connectors - 3 - and number of threaded


connections - 1 - can deviate from the illustration depending on vehicle
equipment.

 Loosen threaded connections - 1 - of supply wires and remove them from connecting pins.
 Unclip connector - 2 - from E-Box.
 Disconnect multi-pin harness connectors - 3 - and remove housing gasket - 4 - upward out of E-Box.
 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - from upper section of E-Box.

Fig. 663: Removing/Installing E-Box Mounting Bolts


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove upper section of E-Box upward.


 Unclip lower section of E-Box from vehicle.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, observing the following:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 507 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 664: Identifying E-Box Securing Rubbers


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Insert securing rubbers - 1 - into lower section of E-Box.

Fig. 665: Identifying E-Box Securing Rubbers On Pins


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Clip lower section of E-Box with securing rubbers on pins - arrows - on vehicle.

NOTE:  Sleeve seals for wires must be inserted into guides of E-Box.
 Wires must not be pinched when assembling upper and lower sections of
E-Box.

CONTROL MODULES

Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 508 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 666: Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 - arrow - is located under instrument cluster, at left.

NOTE:  Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

General Description:

Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 has the following tasks in the vehicle:

 Electric load management


 Parking light
 Low beam headlamp
 Running light

 Turn signal (not in outside mirror)


 High beam headlamp
 Auxiliary high beam headlamp
 Fog lamps

 Foot well lamps


 Dimming, instrument illumination
 Indicator light for emergency flasher
 Headlamp washer system relay

 Fuel Pump (FP) supply


 Horn
 Dual washer pump

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 509 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Interior light

 Voltage supply for Rain/Light sensor

Some of the functions listed above can be adapted:

NOTE:  "Tap signaling" , "comfort-flashing" , or "highway signaling" means that


turn signals are activated multiple times (1-5 times) when turn signal lever
is tapped once (signal cycles).
 Adapting signal cycles for "tap signaling"
 Adapting "activation times of headlamp washer system"
 Adapting "shut-off priority of electrical components"

DTC recognition and display:

Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists
troubleshooting.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 must be coded under the following conditions:

 Changes were made to vehicle equipment.


 One particular functionality is to be changed.
 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 is to be replaced.

 Code Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519.

Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , removing and installing

NOTE:  If control module is being replaced, first perform work procedure.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove lower storage compartment on drivers side --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 510 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 667: Identifying Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 & Harness Connectors
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  The number of multi-pin harness connectors - 1 - at Vehicle Electrical


System Control Module J519 can deviate from the illustration depending
on vehicle equipment.

 Release locking mechanisms of multi-pin harness connectors - arrows - and disconnect multi-pin harness
connectors - 1 - from Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 - 2 -.
 Remove Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 - 2 - with wires connected to rear side out of
bracket.

Fig. 668: Identifying Vehicle Electrical System Control Module & Multi-Pin Harness Connectors
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Release locking mechanisms of multi-pin harness connectors - arrows - and disconnect multi-pin harness
connectors - 1 - from Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - 2 -.
 Remove Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 from vehicle.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 511 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , coding

Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 must be coded under the following conditions:

 Changes were made to vehicle equipment.


 One particular functionality is to be changed.
 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 must be replaced.

Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , coding:

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Vehicle electrical system control module

 Functions of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module


 Coding Vehicle Electrical System Control Module

Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519

The following components of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module can be checked via output Diagnostic
Test Mode (DTM):

 Right Low Beam Headlamp M31 , for vehicles with gas-discharge lamps High intensity discharge lamp
L14
 Right High Beam Headlamp M32 , for vehicles with gas-discharge lamps Right Headlamp Reflector
Adjustment Solenoid N396
 Left Low Beam Headlamp M29 , for vehicles with gas-discharge lamps High intensity gas discharge
lamp L13
 Left High Beam Headlamp M30 , for vehicles with gas-discharge lamps Left Headlamp Reflector
Adjustment Solenoid N395

 Left Parking Light M1


 Right Parking Light M3
 Left Front Turn Signal Light M5 and Left Rear Turn Signal Light M6
 Right Front Turn Signal Light M7 and Right Rear Turn Signal Light M8

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 512 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Left Front Fog Light L22 and Right Front Fog Light L23
 Only in vehicles with gas-discharge lamps Right High Beam Headlamp M32 and Left High Beam
Headlamp M30
 Headlamp Washer Relay J39 and Headlamp Washer Pump V11
 Indicator light for emergency flasher system K6

 High Tone Horn H2 and Low Tone Horn H7


 Left Front Footwell Illumination L151 , Right Front Footwell Illumination L152 , Left Rear Footwell
Illumination L106 and Right Rear Footwell Illumination L107
 Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump V59

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Vehicle electrical system control module

 Functions of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module


 Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module

Signal cycles for "tap signaling" , adapting

NOTE:  "Tap signaling" , "comfort-flashing" , or "highway signaling" means that


turn signals are activated multiple times (1-5 times) when turn signal lever
is tapped once (signal cycles).

With this adaptation, there is the opportunity to set the signal cycles (1-5) of the "tap signaling" function.

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 513 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems


 Vehicle electrical system control module

 Functions of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module


 Adapting signal cycles for tap signaling

Adapting "activation time of headlamp washer system"

Firstly, the delay time up to activation of Headlamp Washer Pump V11 can be set; secondly, the activation time
of Headlamp Washer Pump V11 can be adapted automatically.

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Vehicle electrical system control module

 Functions of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module


 Adapting activation time of headlamp washer system

"Shut-off priority of electrical components" , adapting

With this function, there is the opportunity to read out and reset the maximum reached shut-off priority.

For each shut-off of a consumer, a counter in Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 counts up,
maximum value is 14.

Consumer shut-off sequence:

1. RPM increase (voltage less than 12.7 V) - at further decrease and short fall 12.2 V
2. PTC heating element to 75%
3. Reduction of heat performance to 50%
4. PTC heating element to 50%
5. Seat heater and ventilation off
6. Front window shut-off
7. PTC heating element to 25%
8. Wiper rest position heater off
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 514 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

9. Mirror heater off


10. PTC Heating element off
11. Steering wheel heater off
12. Rear window heater off
13. RPM increase, 2nd stage
14. A/C system off

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Electrical Equipment
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Vehicle electrical system control module

 Functions of Vehicle Electrical System Control Module


 Adapting shut-off priority

Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533

Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 is integrated in instrument cluster --> Instrument cluster.

NOTE:  Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

Comfort System Central Control Module J393

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:32 AM Page 515 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 669: Identifying Comfort System Central Control Module J393 Components
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Comfort System Central Control Module J393 - arrow A - is located in luggage compartment, at right on wheel
housing.

NOTE:  Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

General Description:

Comfort System Central Control Module J393 performs the following tasks in the vehicle:

 Sunroof control (issues enabling)


 Window regulator control (issues enabling)
 Central locking system control
 Anti-theft warning system control

 Radio receiver
 Rear lid closing
 Comfort operation

Some of the functions listed above can be adapted.

NOTE:  After installing a new Comfort System Central Control Module J393 , it
must be coded.
 After anti-theft alarm system has triggered, the alarm source, which is
stored in Comfort System Central Control Module J393 , can be checked.

DTC recognition and display:

Comfort System Central Control Module J393 is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists
troubleshooting.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Comfort System Central Control Module J393 , removing and installing

NOTE:  After installing a new Comfort System Central Control Module J393 , it
must be coded.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:33 AM Page 516 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Removing and installing Comfort System Central Control Module J393 --> 57 - FRONT DOORS,
CENTRAL LOCKING SYSTEM .

Comfort System Central Control Module J393 , output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)

The following components and functions can be checked via output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) of Comfort
System Central Control Module J393 :

 Interior Monitoring Off Indicator Lamp K162 in Interior Monitoring Deactivation Switch E267
 Vehicle Inclination Sensor Indicator Lamp K188 in Deactivate Vehicle Inclination Sensor Button E360
 Alarm Horn H12 (for anti-theft warning system)
 Signal sunroof open

 Signal sunroof close


 Rear window release
 Rear lid release
 Activation of rear wiper interval

 Activation of rear wiper wiper/washer function


 Driver door illumination, Drivers Interior Locking Indicator Lamp K174 , Drivers Inside Door Handle
Illumination L146 , Door warning light, driver side W30 , Left Front Entry Light W31 , Drivers Entry
Lamp (in outside mirror) W52 and Left Mirror Turn Signal Lamp L131
 Front passenger door illumination, Front Passengers Central Locking -SAFE- Indicator Lamp K204 ,
Front Passengers Inside Door Handle Illumination L147 , Door warning light, passenger side W36 , Right
Front Entry Light W32 , Front Passengers Entry Lamp (in outside mirror) W53 and Right Mirror Turn
Signal Lamp L132
 Left rear door illumination, Left Rear Door Warning Light W37 , Left Rear Entry Light W33 and Left
Rear Inside Door Handle Illumination L133

 Right rear door illumination, Right Rear Door Warning Light W38 , Right Rear Entry Light W34 and
Right Rear Inside Door Handle Illumination L134
 Central locking for driver door
 Central locking for front passenger door
 Central locking for left rear door

 Central locking for right rear door


 Left Brake/Tail Light M21 , Right Brake/Tail Light M22 , Left Tail Light Lamp 2 M49 and Right Tail
Light Lamp 2 M50
 High-mount Brake Light M25 , Left Brake/Tail Light M21 , Right Brake/Tail Light M22
 Left Rear Fog Light L46 and Right Rear Fog Light L47

 Left License Plate Light X4 and Right License Plate Light X5 , Left Back-Up Light M16 and Right Back-
Up Light M17 , Luggage Compartment Light W3 , Rear Lid Courtesy Lamp W51
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:33 AM Page 517 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Rear window heater


 Driver side mirror functions (heater, folding-in)
 Passenger side mirror functions (heater, folding-in)

NOTE:  Above system/component checks depend on market version and installed


equipment.

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Body repair procedures
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Comfort System Central Control Module

 Functions
 Comfort System Central Control Module -J393-, output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)

Comfort System Central Control Module J393 , coding

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Body repair procedures
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Comfort System Central Control Module

 Functions
 Coding Comfort System Central Control Module -J393-

Comfort System Central Control Module J393 , adapting

The following functions can be adapted:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:33 AM Page 518 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Individual door opening


 Automatic locking at > 15 km/h
 Automatic unlocking when ignition key is removed
 Unlock return message via access/start authorization

 Unlock return message via radio remote control


 Unlock return message via key switch
 Lock return message via access/start authorization
 Return message for locking via radio remote control

 Return message for locking via key switch


 Return message for ATWS activated
 Country selection for the intelligent alarm horn
 Deactivating comfort operation via radio remote control

 Deactivating ATWS alarm delay when opening driver door

NOTE:  Adaptations listed above are dependent on vehicle equipment level and
market version.

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Body repair procedures
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Comfort System Central Control Module

 Functions
 Adapting Comfort System Central Control Module -J393-

Comfort System Central Control Module J393 , checking alarm sources of anti-theft warning system

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:33 AM Page 519 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

sequence:

 Body
 Body repair procedures
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Comfort System Central Control Module

 Functions
 Comfort System Central Control Module -J393-, checking alarm sources of anti-theft alarm system

Towing Recognition Control Module J345

NOTE:  The following information applies only to control modules for factory-
installed trailer hitch systems from m.y. 2005. For information on Dealer-
installed trailer hitch system control modules, refer to applicable
installation instructions

Fig. 670: Identifying Comfort System Central Control Module J393 Components
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Towing Recognition Control Module J345 - arrow C - is located in luggage compartment, at right on wheel
housing.

NOTE:  Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

General Description:

NOTE:  Different control modules by the Westfalia and Hella companies are
installed in Touareg.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:33 AM Page 520 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Towing Recognition Control Module J345 detects from a performance decrease of at least 5 W * See note* See
note the "use of trailer" and sends this information to diverse control modules via CAN-Bus.

Via CAN-Bus, Towing Recognition Control Module J345 is supplied with information (light control) from
Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 and Comfort System Central Control Module J393.

Depending on equipment, Towing Recognition Control Module J345 (only control modules from Westfalia)
controls the electric swiveling trailer hitch.

* Control modules from Westfalia: At least the turn signal or parking light must be switched on to detect "use of
trailer".

* Control modules from Hella: At least the turn signal and parking light must be switched on to detect "use of
trailer".

Malfunction detection and malfunction display (control modules from Hella):

Towing Recognition Control Module J345 malfunctions are output via Vehicle Electrical System Control
Module J519.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

NOTE:  Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) and coding is not possible for Towing
Recognition Control Module J345 from Hella.

Malfunction detection and malfunction display (control modules from Westfalia):

Towing Recognition Control Module J345 is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists
troubleshooting.

Use Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A in operating mode "Guided Fault Finding"
for troubleshooting.

Towing Recognition Control Module J345 , removing and installing

NOTE:  Removal and installation of Towing Recognition Control Module J345 from
the companies Westfalia and Hella is performed in the same way and is
only described for one control module.

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove right side panel trim in luggage compartment --> 70 - INTERIOR TRIM .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:33 AM Page 521 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 671: Identifying Comfort System Central Control Module Mounting Bolts
Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

NOTE:  The number of connectors - arrows - at Towing Recognition Control


Module J345 can deviate from the illustration depending on vehicle
equipment and/or manufacturer.

 Disengage connectors - arrows - and disconnect them from Towing Recognition Control Module J345.
 Remove mounting bolt - 1 - and remove Towing Recognition Control Module J345 upward out of
bracket.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal, noting the following:

NOTE:  After installing a new Towing Recognition Control Module J345 (only
modules from Westfalia), it must be coded.

Towing Recognition Control Module J345 (only control modules from the company Westfalia), coding

NOTE:  The following information applies only to coding control modules for
factory-installed trailer hitch systems from m.y. 2005. Guided Fault Finding
supports control module coding for factory-installed trailer hitch systems
only
 To confirm coding on Dealer-installed trailer hitch system control
modules, connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS
5051/5052 and select operating mode Vehicle Self Diagnosis. Select 69
Trailer functions. Select 07 Control Module Coding. Press 2 to confirm
brake light function. For additional information, refer to original
installation instructions

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:33 AM Page 522 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Body repair procedures
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Towing sensor

 Functions
 Coding Control Module for towing sensor

Towing Recognition Control Module J345 (only control modules from the company Westfalia), output Diagnostic Test Mode
(DTM)

NOTE:  Towing Recognition Control Module J345 detects the "use of trailer" only
from a performance decrease of at least 5 W * See note* See note.
 Use the power outlet tester V.A.G 1537/A for the test.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 672: Power Outlet Tester V.A.G 1537/A


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Power outlet tester V.A.G 1537/A * See note

* Power outlet tester V.A.G 1537/A becomes too warm after a few minutes of use and switches off
automatically. After a cooling off phase, power outlet tester V.A.G 1537/A functions normally again.

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 In Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , select operating mode "Guided
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:33 AM Page 523 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fault Finding".
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

 Body
 Body repair procedures
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Towing sensor

 Functions
 Control Module for towing sensor - output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)

Garage Door Opener Control Module J530

Fig. 673: Identifying Garage Door Opener Control Module J530


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

Garage Door Opener Control Module J530 - arrow - is located in console in molded headliner.

NOTE:  Additional information:

Owners Manual

--> Self Study Program

DTC recognition and display:

Garage Door Opener Control Module J530 is not equipped with On Board Diagnostic (OBD).

Garage Door Opener Control Module J530 , removing and installing

Removing:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:33 AM Page 524 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Remove console in molded headliner --> 68 - INTERIOR EQUIPMENT .

Fig. 674: Removing/Installing Garage Door Opener Control Module J530


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disconnect connector - 1 -.
 Remove mounting bolts - arrows - and remove Garage Door Opener Control Module J530 from console.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Garage Door Opener Control Module J530 , checking

No further information on testing was available at time of publication.

Heated Windshield Control Module J505

Heated Windshield Control Module J505 - arrow - is located under drivers seat, next to the battery.

NOTE:  Additional information:

--> Self Study Program

General Description:

Heated Windshield Control Module J505 is activated either by Climatronic Control Module J255 or by A/C
Control Module J301 , depending on vehicle equipment.

Heated Windshield Z2 is switched on by Heated Windshield Control Module J505 under the following
conditions:

 Outside temperature 5°C


Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:33 AM Page 525 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Voltage at Heated Windshield Control Module J505 greater than 12V


 Engine is running
 Button on Climatronic control head is pressed

 No load limitation via Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519

Depending on the outside temperature the heating period is a maximum of 6 minutes.

DTC recognition and display:

Heated front windshield is equipped with On Board Diagnostics (OBD) which assists troubleshooting.

For fault-finding, use the Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A , and the "Guided
fault finding" function.

Check heated front windshield.

Heated Windshield Control Module J505 , removing and installing

Removing:

 Switch off ignition, switch off all electrical components and remove ignition key.
 Swivel drivers seat toward the rear as described in the chapter "disconnecting battery" --> Battery,
disconnecting and reconnecting.

Fig. 675: Identifying Bolt & Air Duct


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Remove bolt - 1 - and pull off air vent - 2 - upward.

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:33 AM Page 526 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

Fig. 676: Identifying Box Clips


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Open battery box clips - arrows - and remove cover.

Fig. 677: Identifying Heated Windshield Control Module Components


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Disengage retaining tab - 3 - and pull Heated Windshield Control Module J505 - 2 - upward out of
bracket, paying attention to lengths of connected wires.
 Disengage and disconnect harness connector - 1 - and remove Heated Windshield Control Module J505 -
2 - from vehicle.

Installing:

Install in reverse order of removal.

Check heated front windshield

Test requirements:

 Outside temperature 5°C


 Voltage at Heated Windshield Control Module J505 greater than 12V
Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:33 AM Page 527 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Engine is running
 Button on Climatronic control head is pressed

 No load limitation via Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519

NOTE:  Depending on the outside temperature the heating period is a maximum of


6 minutes.
 At this time, it is only possible to test the heated front windshield only
when the test conditions listed above have been met.

Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required

Fig. 678: Diagnostic Operation System VAS5051A


Courtesy of VOLKSWAGEN UNITED STATES, INC.

 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A


 Diagnostic cable VAS 5051/6A

 Connect Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051A --> Vehicle Diagnostic,
Testing and Information Systems.
 Switch on ignition.
 Turn off all electrical components.

NOTE:  If the indications described in the work procedure do not appear on the
display: User manual for vehicle information, testing and information
system VAS 5051A

 Select operating mode "Guided Fault Finding" on Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System
VAS 5051A.
 Using the "Go To" button, select "Functions/Component selection" and the following menu options in
sequence:

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:33 AM Page 528 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.
2006 Volkswagen Touareg
ELECTRICAL Electrical Equipment

 Body
 Heating, ventilation, air conditioning --> 87 AIR CONDITIONING
 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
 Climatronic or manual A/C system

 Functions
 Check heated front windshield

WIRING HARNESSES AND CONNECTORS, REPAIRING

Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing

All instructions and information on this article can be found in the ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT -
GENERAL INFORMATION .

Microsoft
Sunday, September 20, 2009 9:05:33 AM Page 529 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

You might also like